STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND INC
485BPOS, 1997-02-26
Previous: VOYAGEUR INTERMEDIATE TAX FREE FUNDS INC, NSAR-B, 1997-02-26
Next: CENTERIOR ENERGY CORP, U-13-60, 1997-02-26



<PAGE>   1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about February 26,
1997

                                         Securities Act Registration No. 2-99439
                                Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-4374
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington D.C.   20549

                                   FORM N-1A


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933               [ ]
     Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                      [ ]
                                  ------                              
     Post-Effective Amendment No.   15                                [X]
                                  ------

                                    and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940       [ ]
     Amendment No.   16                                               [X]
                   ------                                            

                        (Check appropriate box or boxes)

                         STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


      100 HERITAGE RESERVE
    MENOMONEE FALLS, WISCONSIN                                      53051
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                        (Zip Code)

     Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:  (414) 359-3400

                                THOMAS P. LEMKE
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                              100 HERITAGE RESERVE
                       MENOMONEE FALLS, WISCONSIN  53051
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)


     Registrant has registered an indefinite amount of securities pursuant to
Rule 24f-2 under the Securities Act of 1933; the Registrant's Rule 24f-2 Notice
for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 was filed on or about December 26,
1996.

     It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate
box).


         [ ]   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         [X]   on March 1, 1997 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         [ ]   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
         [ ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
         [ ]   75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
         [ ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
          
     If appropriate, check the following box:

         [ ]   this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date 
               for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

================================================================================


<PAGE>   2


                         STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.

                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

     (Pursuant to Rule 481 showing the location in the Prospectus and the
Statement of Additional Information of the responses to the Items of Parts A
and B of Form N-1A.)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             CAPTION OR SUBHEADING IN PROSPECTUS OR
                ITEM NO. ON FORM N-1A                          STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
- ------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
PART A - INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

1. Cover Page                                           Cover Page

2. Synopsis                                             Expenses; Highlights

3. Condensed Financial Information                      Financial Highlights

4. General Description of Registrant                    Investment Objective and Policies;
                                                        Implementation of Policies and Risks; About the
                                                        Fund - Organization
5. Management of the Fund                               About the Fund - Management; Financial Highlights

5A.  Management's Discussion of Fund Performance        *

6. Capital Stock and Other Securities                   About the Fund - Organization, - Distributions
                                                        and Taxes; Shareholders Manual - Shareholder
                                                        Services
7. Purchase of Securities Being Offered                 Shareholder Manual - How to Buy Shares, -
                                                        Determining Your Share Price, - Shareholder
                                                        Services
8. Redemption or Repurchase                             Shareholder Manual - How to Sell Shares,  -
                                                        Determining Your Share Price, - Shareholder
                                                        Services
9. Pending Legal Proceedings                            Inapplicable

PART B - INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10. Cover Page                                          Cover page

11. Table of Contents                                   Table of  Contents

12. General Information and History                     **

13. Investment Objectives and Policies                  Investment Restrictions; Investment Policies and
                                                        Techniques
14. Management of the Fund                              Directors and Officers of the Fund

15. Control Persons and Principal Holders of            Principal Shareholders; Directors and Officers
    Securities                                          of the Fund; Investment Advisor and Distributor

16. Investment Advisory and Other Services              Investment Advisor and Distributor; About the
                                                        Fund   - Management (in Prospectus); Custodian;
                                                        Transfer Agent and Dividend-Disbursing Agent;
                                                        Independent Accountants; Legal Counsel
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          CAPTION OR SUBHEADING IN PROSPECTUS OR    
           ITEM NO. ON FORM N-1A                           STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION      
- -------------------------------------------               --------------------------------------    
<S>                                                       <C>                                       
17. Brokerage Allocation and Other                        Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage      
    Practices                                                                                       
                                                                                                    
18. Capital Stock and Other Securities                    Included in Prospectus under the          
                                                          heading About the Fund - Organization     
                                                          and in the Statement of Additional        
                                                          Information under the heading             
                                                          Shareholder Meetings                      
                                                                                                    
19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of                   Included in Prospectus under the          
    Securities Being Offered                              headings:  Shareholder Manual - How       
                                                          to Buy Shares,  - Determining Your        
                                                          Share Price, - How to Sell Shares, -      
                                                          Shareholder Services; and in the          
                                                          Statement of Additional Information       
                                                          under the headings:  Additional           
                                                          Shareholder Information; Investment       
                                                          Advisor and Distributor; and              
                                                          Determination of Net Asset Value          
                                                                                                    
20. Tax Status                                            Included in Prospectus under the          
                                                          heading About the Fund -                  
                                                          Distributions and Taxes; and in the       
                                                          Statement of Additional Information       
                                                          under the heading Taxes                   
21. Underwriters                                          Investment Advisor and Distributor        
                                                                                                    
22. Calculation of Performance Data                       Performance Information                   
                                                                                                    
23. Financial Statements                                  Financial Statements                      
</TABLE>


*      Complete answer to Item is contained in Registrant's Annual Report.
**     Complete answer to Item is contained in Registrant's Prospectus.



<PAGE>   4
 
                            STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
                                                            STRONG FUNDS
                                                           P.O. Box 2936
                                              Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
                                               Telephone: (414) 359-1400
                                               Toll-Free: (800) 368-3863
                                                          Device for the
                                                       Hearing-Impaired:
                                                          (800) 999-2780
</TABLE>
 
   The Strong Family of Funds ("Strong Funds") is a family of more than
twenty-five diversified and non-diversified mutual funds. All of the Strong
Funds are no-load funds, meaning that you may purchase, redeem, or exchange
shares without paying a sales charge. Strong Funds include growth funds,
conservative equity funds, income funds, municipal income funds, international
funds, and cash management funds. The Strong Money Market Fund (the "Fund")
seeks current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity. The Fund
invests in corporate, bank, and government instruments that present minimal
credit risk.
 
   
   This Prospectus contains information you should consider before you invest.
Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference. A Statement of
Additional Information for the Fund, dated March 1, 1997, contains further
information, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, and has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). This Statement, which
may be revised from time to time, is available without charge upon request to
the above-noted address or telephone number. If you would like to electronically
access additional information about the Funds after reading the prospectus, you
may do so by accessing the SEC's World Wide Web site (at http://www.sec.gov)
that contains the Statement of Additional Information regarding the Funds and
other related materials.
    
 
   AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S.
GOVERNMENT, AND THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE FUND WILL BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN
A STABLE NET ASSET VALUE OF $1.00 PER SHARE.
 
============================================================================
 
   
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
 UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
 CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
   
                                 March 1, 1997
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-1
<PAGE>   5
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                      <C>  <C>
EXPENSES.....................................  I-3
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.........................  I-4
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES............  I-6
IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES AND RISKS.........  I-7
ABOUT THE FUND............................... I-10
SHAREHOLDER MANUAL........................... II-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and the Statement
of Additional Information, and if given or made, such information or
representations may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund.
This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell securities in any state or
jurisdiction in which such offering may not lawfully be made.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-2
<PAGE>   6
 
                                    EXPENSES
 
   The following information is provided in order to help you understand the
various costs and expenses that you, as an investor in the Fund, will bear
directly or indirectly.
 
                        SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases.............  NONE
Sales Load Imposed on Reinvested
  Dividends.................................  NONE
Deferred Sales Load.........................  NONE
Redemption Fees.............................  NONE
Exchange Fees...............................  NONE
</TABLE>
 
   
   There are certain charges associated with retirement accounts and with
certain other special shareholder services offered by the Fund. Additionally,
purchases and redemptions may also be made through broker-dealers or other
financial intermediaries who may charge a commission or other transaction fee
for their services. (See "Shareholder Manual - How to Buy Shares" and "- How to
Sell Shares.")
    
 
                         ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Management      Other     12b-1   Total Operating
                              Fee       Expenses     Fee        Expenses
<S>                       <C>           <C>         <C>     <C>
Money Market                   .50%        .34%      NONE         .84%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
   From time to time, the Fund's investment advisor, Strong Capital Management,
Inc. (the "Advisor"), may voluntarily waive its management fee and/or absorb
certain expenses for the Fund. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996,
the Advisor waived a portion of its management fee and absorbed certain expenses
for the Fund. (See "Financial Highlights.") Therefore, the expenses specified in
the table above for the Fund have been restated for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1996 to include such management fees and expenses. The actual total
operating expenses incurred for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 for the
Fund, after waivers and absorptions, was .37%.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-3
<PAGE>   7
 
   EXAMPLE. You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment,
assuming (1) 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end of each time period:
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Period (in years)
                           -----------------------------
                            1     3     5     10
<S>                        <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>  <C>
Money Market               $ 9   $27   $47   $104
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   The Example is based on the Fund's "Total Operating Expenses" before any
waivers and absorptions, as described above. PLEASE REMEMBER THAT THE EXAMPLE
SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS REPRESENTATIVE OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND THAT
ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN. The assumption in the
Example of a 5% annual return is required by regulations of the SEC applicable
to all mutual funds. The assumed 5% annual return is not a prediction of, and
does not represent, the projected or actual performance of the Fund's shares.
 
                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
   
   The following annual Financial Highlights for the Fund have been audited by
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public accountants. The Fund's
report for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996 is included in its Annual
Report that is contained in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information. The
Financial Highlights for the Fund should be read in conjunction with the
Financial Statements and related notes included in the Fund's Annual Report.
Additional information about the Fund's performance is contained in the Fund's
Annual Report, which may be obtained without charge by calling or writing Strong
Funds. The following presents information relating to a share of common stock of
the Fund outstanding for the entire period ended as indicated.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-4
<PAGE>   8
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND
                                          10-31-96    10-31-95(1)   12-31-94   12-31-93   12-31-92   12-31-91   12-31-90
                                         ----------   -----------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING
  OF PERIOD                              $     1.00   $     1.00    $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00
  Net Investment Income                        0.05         0.05        0.04       0.03       0.04       0.06       0.08
  Dividends From Net
    Investment Income                         (0.05)       (0.05)      (0.04)     (0.03)     (0.04)     (0.06)     (0.08)
                                         ----------   ----------    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD           $     1.00   $     1.00    $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00
                                         ==========   ==========    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
TOTAL RETURN                                  +5.4%        +5.2%       +4.0%      +2.9%      +3.7%      +6.1%      +8.1%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period
  (In Thousands)                         $1,949,262   $1,934,071    $540,983   $329,988   $390,003   $533,869   $768,870
Ratio of Expenses to Average
  Net Assets                                   0.4%         0.0%*       0.6%       0.7%       0.8%       0.7%       0.7%
Ratio of Expenses to Average
  Net Assets Without Waivers
  and Absorptions                              0.8%         0.7%*       0.9%       1.0%       1.1%       1.0%       0.9%
Ratio of Net Investment Income
  to Average Net Assets                        5.3%         6.1%*       4.0%       2.9%       3.7%       6.0%       7.8%
 
<CAPTION>
                                         ------------------------------
                                         STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND
                                         12-31-89   12-31-88   12-31-87
                                         --------   --------   --------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING
  OF PERIOD                              $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00
  Net Investment Income                      0.09       0.07       0.06
  Dividends From Net
    Investment Income                       (0.09)     (0.07)     (0.06)
                                         --------   --------   --------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD           $   1.00   $   1.00   $   1.00
                                         ========   ========   ========
TOTAL RETURN                                +9.2%      +7.5%      +6.4%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period
  (In Thousands)                         $829,332   $464,459   $194,963
Ratio of Expenses to Average
  Net Assets                                 0.7%       1.1%       0.8%
Ratio of Expenses to Average
  Net Assets Without Waivers
  and Absorptions                            1.0%       1.1%       1.1%
Ratio of Net Investment Income
  to Average Net Assets                      8.8%       7.4%       6.6%
</TABLE>
    
 
 *Calculated on an annualized basis.
   
(1)
    
   
Total return is not annualized.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-5
<PAGE>   9
 
                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
   The Fund has adopted certain fundamental investment restrictions that are set
forth in its Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"). Those restrictions,
the Fund's investment objective, and any other investment policies identified as
"fundamental" cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To further guide
investment activities, the Fund has also instituted a number of non-fundamental
operating policies, which are described throughout this Prospectus and in the
SAI. Although operating policies may be changed by the Fund's Board of Directors
without shareholder approval, the Fund will promptly notify shareholders of any
material change in operating policies.
   The Fund seeks current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity. The
Fund's investments include corporate, bank, and government instruments that
present minimal credit risk.
   The Fund is designed for investors who seek money-market yields with no
anticipated fluctuations in principal. Because the Fund seeks to maintain a
constant net asset value of $1.00 per share, capital appreciation is not
expected to play a role in the Fund's returns, and dividend income alone will
provide its entire investment return. All money market instruments can change in
value when interest rates or an issuer's creditworthiness changes dramatically.
Although the Fund's share price has remained constant in the past, THE FUND
CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT IT WILL ALWAYS BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN A STABLE NET ASSET
VALUE OF $1.00 PER SHARE. An investment in the Fund is neither insured nor
guaranteed by the U.S. government.
   The Fund invests in a combination of bank, corporate, and government
obligations that present minimal credit risks. The Fund restricts its
investments to instruments that meet certain maturity and quality standards
required or permitted by Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the
"1940 Act") for money market funds. Accordingly, the Fund:
    (i) limits its average portfolio maturity to ninety days or less;
    (ii) buys only securities with remaining maturities of thirteen months or
         less; and
   (iii) buys only U.S. dollar-denominated securities that represent minimal
         credit risks and are "high quality," as described below.
   The Fund invests only in high-quality securities. Accordingly, the Fund will
invest at least 95% of its total assets in "first-tier" securities, generally
defined as those securities that, at the time of acquisition, are rated in the
highest rating category by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating
organizations ("NRSROs") or, if unrated, are determined by the Advisor to be of
comparable quality. The balance of the Fund, up to 5% of its total assets, may
be invested in securities that are considered "second-tier" securities,
generally defined as those securities that, at the time of acquisition, are
rated in the second-highest rating category or are determined by the Advisor to
be of comparable quality.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-6
<PAGE>   10
 
                      IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES AND RISKS
 
   In addition to the investment policies described above (and subject to
certain restrictions described below), the Fund may invest in some or all of the
following securities and may employ some or all of the following investment
techniques, some of which may present special risks as described below. A more
complete discussion of certain of these securities and investment techniques and
the associated risks is contained in the Fund's SAI.
 
DEBT OBLIGATIONS
 
   
   TYPES OF OBLIGATIONS. The Fund may not invest in any debt obligation that
does not meet the maturity and quality standards of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act
for money market funds. Debt obligations in which the Fund may invest include
(i) corporate debt securities, including bonds, debentures, and notes; (ii) bank
obligations, such as certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances, and time
deposits of domestic and foreign banks and their subsidiaries and branches, and
domestic savings and loan associations (in amounts in excess of the insurance
coverage, currently $100,000 per account provided by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation); (iii) commercial paper (including variable-amount master
demand notes); (iv) repurchase agreements; (v) floating- or variable-rate debt
obligations; (vi) asset-backed debt obligations; (vii) U.S. dollar-denominated
foreign debt obligations; (viii) U.S. government securities issued or guaranteed
by the U.S. Treasury (such as bills, notes, or bonds) or by an agency or
instrumentality of the U.S. government; and (ix) municipal obligations.
    
 
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES
 
   U.S. government securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or
its agencies or instrumentalities. Securities issued by the government include
U.S. Treasury obligations, such as Treasury bills, notes, and bonds. Securities
issued or guaranteed by government agencies or instrumentalities include the
following:
 
- - the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import
  Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government
  National Mortgage Association, including GNMA pass-through certificates, whose
  securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States;
- - the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the
  Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the
  agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury;
- - the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by
  the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain
  obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-7
<PAGE>   11
 
- - the Student Loan Marketing Association, the Interamerican Development Bank,
  and International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, whose securities
  are supported only by the credit of such agencies.
 
   Although the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S.
government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given
that it will always do so. The U.S. government and its agencies and
instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities;
consequently, the value of such securities will fluctuate.
 
FOREIGN SECURITIES
 
   The Fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets directly or indirectly in
foreign securities. The Fund will limit its investments in foreign securities to
those denominated in U.S. dollars. The Fund may invest in U.S. securities
enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to
this limitation.
   Foreign investments involve special risks, including:
 
- - expropriation, confiscatory taxation, and withholding taxes on dividends and
  interest;
- - less extensive regulation of foreign brokers, securities markets, and issuers;
- - less publicly available information and different accounting standards;
- - possible delays in settlement in foreign securities markets, limitations on
  the use or transfer of assets, and difficulty of enforcing obligations in
  other countries; and
- - diplomatic developments and political or social instability.
 
   Foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy
in various respects, including growth of gross domestic product, rates of
inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource
self-sufficiency, and balance-of-payments positions. Many foreign securities may
be less liquid and their prices more volatile than comparable U.S. securities.
 
REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
 
   The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks and non-bank
dealers. In a repurchase agreement, the Fund buys a security at one price, and
at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a
mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase
agreement determines the yield during the purchaser's holding period, while the
seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying
security. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to any
security in which it may invest. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing basis,
the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-8
<PAGE>   12
 
always equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon the Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under certain
circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government
securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.
 
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES
 
   
   The Fund may invest in securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-
delivery basis. Although the payment and interest terms of these securities are
established at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment, these
securities may be delivered and paid for at a future date, generally within 45
days. Purchasing when-issued securities allows the Fund to lock in a fixed price
or yield on a security it intends to purchase. However, when the Fund purchases
a when-issued security, it immediately assumes the risk of ownership, including
the risk of price fluctuation.
    
   The greater the Fund's outstanding commitments for these securities, the
greater the exposure to potential fluctuations in the net asset value of the
Fund. Purchasing when-issued securities may involve the additional risk that the
yield available in the market when the delivery occurs may be higher or the
market price lower than that obtained at the time of commitment. Although the
Fund may be able to sell these securities prior to the delivery date, it will
purchase when-issued securities for the purpose of actually acquiring the
securities, unless, after entering into the commitment, a sale appears desirable
for investment reasons. When required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its outstanding
commitments for when-issued securities.
 
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
 
   The Fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
Illiquid securities are those securities that are not readily marketable,
including restricted securities and repurchase obligations maturing in more than
seven days. Certain restricted securities which may be resold to institutional
investors under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 4(2)
commercial paper may be determined to be liquid under guidelines adopted by each
Fund's Board of Directors.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-9
<PAGE>   13
 
                                 ABOUT THE FUND
 
MANAGEMENT
 
   The Board of Directors of the Fund is responsible for managing its business
and affairs. The Fund has entered into an investment advisory agreement with
Strong Capital Management, Inc. (the "Advisor"). Under the terms of this
agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's investments and business affairs
subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors.
 
   
   ADVISOR. The Advisor began conducting business in 1974. Since then, its
principal business has been providing continuous investment supervision for
individuals and institutional accounts, such as pension funds and profit-sharing
plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are funding vehicles for
variable insurance products. As of February 1, 1997, the Advisor had over $24
billion under management. The Advisor's principal mailing address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Richard S. Strong, the Chairman of the
Board of the Fund, is the controlling shareholder of the Advisor.
    
   As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Advisor a monthly
management fee based on a percentage of the Fund's average daily net asset
value. The Fund's annual rate is .50%. From time to time, the Advisor may
voluntarily waive all or a portion of its management fee and/or absorb certain
Fund expenses without further notification of the commencement or termination of
such waiver or absorption. Any such waiver or absorption will temporarily lower
the Fund's overall expense ratio and increase the Fund's overall return to
investors.
   
   The Advisor permits portfolio managers and other persons who may have access
to information about the purchase or sale of securities in the Fund's portfolio
("access persons") to purchase and sell securities for their own accounts,
subject to the Advisor's policy governing personal investing. The policy
requires access persons to conduct their personal investment activities in a
manner that the Advisor believes is not detrimental to the Fund or to the
Advisor's other advisory clients. Among other things, the policy requires access
persons to obtain preclearance before executing personal trades and prohibits
access persons from keeping profits derived from the purchase or sale of the
same security within 60 calendar days. See the SAI for more information.
    
 
   
   PORTFOLIO MANAGER. Mr. Jay N. Mueller serves as the portfolio manager for the
Fund. Mr. Mueller joined the Advisor in September 1991 as a securities analyst
and portfolio manager. For four years prior to that, he was a securities analyst
and portfolio manager with R. Meeder & Associates of Dublin, Ohio. Mr. Mueller
received his bachelor's degree in Economics in 1982 from the University of
Chicago. Mr. Mueller is also a Chartered Financial Analyst. He has managed the
Fund since September 1991.
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-10
<PAGE>   14
 
TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT
 
   The Advisor, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, also acts as
dividend-disbursing agent and transfer agent for the Fund. The Advisor is
compensated for its services based on an annual fee per account plus certain
out-of-pocket expenses. The fees received and the services provided as transfer
agent and dividend-disbursing agent are in addition to those received and
provided under the Advisory Agreements between the Advisor and the Fund.
 
DISTRIBUTOR
 
   Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201,
an indirect subsidiary of the Advisor, acts as distributor of the shares of the
Fund.
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
   SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. The Fund is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized to
issue an indefinite number of shares of common stock and series and classes of
series of shares of common stock. Each share of the Fund has one vote, and all
shares participate equally in dividends and other capital gains distributions by
the respective Fund and in the residual assets of the respective Fund in the
event of liquidation. Certificates will be issued for shares held in your
account only upon your written request. You will, however, have full shareholder
rights whether or not you request certificates. Generally, the Fund will not
hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required by the 1940 Act.
    
 
   SHAREHOLDER PRIVILEGES. The shareholders of the Fund may benefit from the
privileges described in the "Shareholder Manual" (see page II-1). However, the
Fund reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice, to suspend,
limit, modify, or terminate any of these privileges or their use in any manner
by any person or class.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
 
   PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. Unless you choose otherwise,
all your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically
reinvested in additional Fund shares. Or, you may elect to have all your
dividends and capital gain distributions from the Fund automatically invested in
additional shares of another Strong Fund. Shares are purchased at the net asset
value determined on the payment date. If you request in writing that your
dividends and other distributions be paid in cash, the Fund will credit your
bank account by Electronic Funds Transfer ("EFT") or issue a check to you
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-11
<PAGE>   15
 
within five business days of the payment date. You may change your election at
any time by calling or writing Strong Funds. Strong Funds must receive any such
change 7 days (15 days for EFT) prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution
payment date in order for the change to be effective for that payment.
   The policy of the Fund is to pay dividends from net investment income
monthly. The Fund may make additional distributions if necessary to avoid
imposition of a 4% excise tax on undistributed income. The Fund declares
dividends on each day its net asset value is calculated, except for bank
holidays. Income earned on weekends, holidays (including bank holidays), and
days on which net asset value is not calculated is declared as a dividend on the
day on which the Fund's net asset value was most recently calculated.
 
   TAX STATUS OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. You will be subject to
federal income tax at ordinary income tax rates on any dividends you receive
that are derived from investment company taxable income.
   The Fund's distributions are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they
are taken in cash or reinvested in additional shares, except that certain
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31. All state laws provide a pass-through to
mutual fund shareholders of the state and local income tax exemption afforded
owners of direct U.S. government obligations, although there are conditions to
this treatment in some states. You will be notified annually of the percentage
of a Fund's income that is derived from U.S. government securities.
 
   YEAR-END TAX REPORTING. After the end of each calendar year, you will receive
a statement (Form 1099) of the federal income tax status of your dividends paid
(or deemed paid) during the year.
 
   BACKUP WITHHOLDING. If you are an individual or certain other noncorporate
shareholder and do not furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification
number, the Fund is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 31%
(backup withholding) from all dividends payable to you.
   Withholding at that rate from dividends payable to you also is required if
you otherwise are subject to backup withholding. To avoid backup withholding,
you must provide a taxpayer identification number and state that you are not
subject to backup withholding due to the underreporting of your income. This
certification is included as part of your application. Please complete it when
you open your account.
 
   TAX STATUS OF THE FUND. The Fund intends to continue to qualify for treatment
as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue
Code and, if so qualified, will not be liable for federal income tax on earnings
distributed to its shareholders in a timely manner.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-12
<PAGE>   16
 
   This section is not intended to be a full discussion of present or proposed
federal income tax law and its effects on the Fund and investors therein. See
the SAI for a further discussion. There may be other federal, state, or local
tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. You are therefore urged
to consult your own tax adviser.
 
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
   
   The Fund may advertise a variety of types of performance information,
including "yield," "average annual total return," "total return," "cumulative
total return," and "effective yield." Each of these figures is based upon
historical results and does not represent the future performance of the Fund.
    
   Yield is an annualized figure, which means that it is assumed that the Fund
generates the same level of net investment income over a one-year period. The
Fund's yield and effective yield are measures of the net investment income per
share earned by the Fund over a specific seven-day period and are shown as a
percentage of the investment. However, effective yield will be slightly higher
than the yield because effective yield assumes that the net investment income
earned by the Fund will be reinvested.
   Average annual total return and total return figures measure both the net
investment income generated by, and the effect of any realized and unrealized
appreciation or depreciation of, the underlying investments in the Fund assuming
the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. Total return figures are
not annualized and simply represent the aggregate change of the Fund's
investments over a specified period of time.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-13
<PAGE>   17
 
                  This page has been left blank intentionally.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-14
<PAGE>   18
 
                               SHAREHOLDER MANUAL
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
HOW TO BUY SHARES......................  II-1
DETERMINING YOUR SHARE PRICE...........  II-4
HOW TO SELL SHARES.....................  II-5
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES...................  II-8
REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS............... II-10
SPECIAL SITUATIONS..................... II-11
</TABLE>
    
 
HOW TO BUY SHARES
 
   
   All the Strong Funds are 100% no-load, meaning you may purchase, redeem, or
exchange shares directly at net asset value without paying a sales charge. Your
money will begin earning dividends the first business day after your purchase
order is accepted in proper form.
    
   Whether you are opening a new account or adding to an existing one, Strong
provides you with several methods to buy Fund shares.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-1
<PAGE>   19
 
   
 
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>
                       TO OPEN A NEW ACCOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL                   BY CHECK
                       - Complete and sign the application. Make your check
                       or money order payable to "Strong Funds."
                       - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee,
                         Wisconsin 53201. If you're using an express
                         delivery service, send to Strong Funds, 900
                         Heritage Reserve, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
                       BY EXCHANGE
                       - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on
                       establishing an account with an exchange by mail.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELEPHONE              BY EXCHANGE
                       - Call 1-800-368-3863 to establish a new account by
1-800-368-3863           exchanging funds from an existing Strong Funds
24 HOURS A DAY,          account.
7 DAYS A WEEK          - Sign up for telephone exchange services when you
                       open your account. To add the telephone exchange
                         option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a
                         Telephone Exchange Form.
                       - Please note that your accounts must be identically
                         registered and that you must exchange enough into
                         the new account to meet the minimum initial
                         investment.
                       Or use Strong DirectSM, Strong Funds' automated
                       telephone response system. Call 1-800-368-7550.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IN PERSON              - Stop by our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls,
                       Wisconsin.
                         Call 1-800-368-3863 for hours and directions.
                       - The Investor Center can only accept checks or money
                         orders.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIRE                   Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on opening an
                       account by wire.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOMATICALLY          USE STRONG'S "NO-MINIMUM INVESTMENT PROGRAM."
                       - If you sign up for Strong's Automatic Investment
                       Plan when you open your account, Strong Funds will
                         waive the Fund's minimum initial investment (see
                         chart on page II-4).
                       - Complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on
                       the account application.
                       - Mail to the address indicated on the application.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKER-DEALER          - You may purchase shares in the Fund through a
                       broker-dealer or other institution that may charge a
                         transaction fee.
                       - Strong Funds may only accept requests to purchase
                         shares into a broker-dealer street name account
                         from the broker-dealer.
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-2
<PAGE>   20
 
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         TO ADD TO AN EXISTING ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY CHECK
- - Complete an Additional Investment Form provided at the bottom of your account
  statement, or write a note indicating your fund account number and
  registration. Make your check or money order payable to "Strong Funds."
   
- - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. If you're
  using an express delivery service, send to Strong Funds, 900 Heritage Reserve,
  Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
    
BY EXCHANGE
- - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on exchanging by mail.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
BY EXCHANGE
- - Add to an account by exchanging funds from another Strong Funds account.
- - Sign up for telephone exchange services when you open your account. To add the
  telephone exchange option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone
  Exchange Form.
- - Please note that the accounts must be identically registered and that the
  minimum exchange is $50 or the balance of your account, whichever is less.
BY TELEPHONE PURCHASE
- - Sign up for telephone purchase when you open your account to make additional
  investments from $50 to $25,000 into your Strong Funds account by telephone.
  To add this option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone
  Purchase Form.
   
Or use Strong DirectSM, Strong Funds' automated telephone response system. Call
1-800-368-7550.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- - Stop by our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin. Call 1-800-368-3863
  for hours and directions.
- - The Investor Center can only accept checks or money orders.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on adding to an account by wire.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
USE ONE OF STRONG'S AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAMS. Sign up for these services
when you open your account, or call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on how to
add them to your existing account.
- - AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. Make regular, systematic investments (minimum $50)
  into your Strong Funds account from your bank checking or NOW account.
  Complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application.
- - AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN. Make regular, systematic exchanges (minimum $50) from
  one Strong Funds account to another. Call 1-800-368-3863 for an application.
- - PAYROLL DIRECT DEPOSIT. Have a specified amount (minimum $50) regularly
  deducted from your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or
  annuity payment invested directly into your Strong Funds account. Call
  1-800-368-3863 for an application.
- - AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT. Unless you choose otherwise, all your
  dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in
  additional Fund shares. Or, you may elect to have your dividends and capital
  gain distributions automatically invested in shares of another Strong Fund.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- - You may purchase additional shares in the Fund through a broker-dealer or
  other institution that may charge a transaction fee.
- - Strong Funds may only accept requests to purchase additional shares into a
  broker-dealer street name account from the broker-dealer.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-3
<PAGE>   21
 
                    WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT BUYING SHARES
 
- - Please make all checks or money orders payable to "Strong Funds."
- - We cannot accept third-party checks or checks drawn on banks outside the U.S.
- - You will be charged a $20 service fee for each check, wire, or Electronic
  Funds Transfer ("EFT") purchase that is returned unpaid, and you will be
  responsible for any resulting losses suffered by the Fund.
- - Further documentation may be requested from corporations, executors,
  administrators, trustees, guardians, agents, or attorneys-in-fact.
   
- - The Fund reserves the right to decline to accept your purchase order upon
  receipt for any reason.
    
- - Minimum Investment Requirements:
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   To open a regular account...........................................$1,000
 
   To open an IRA or Defined Contribution account......................$1,000
 
   To open an UGMA/UTMA account..........................................$250
 
   To open a 401(k) or 403(b) retirement account...................No Minimum
 
   To add to an existing account..........................................$50
 
   
   The Fund offers a No-Minimum Investment Program that waives the minimum
initial investment requirements for investors who participate in the Strong
Automatic Investment Plan (described on page II-10). Unless you participate in
the Strong No-Minimum Investment Program, please ensure that your purchases meet
the minimum investment requirements.
    
   Under certain circumstances (for example, if you discontinue a No-Minimum
Investment Program before you reach the Fund's minimum initial investment), the
Fund reserves the right to close your account. Before taking such action, the
Fund will provide you with written notice and at least 60 days in which to
reinstate an investment program or otherwise reach the minimum initial
investment required.
 
   
DETERMINING YOUR SHARE PRICE
    
 
   Generally, when you make any purchases, sales, or exchanges, the price of
your shares will be the net asset value ("NAV") next determined after Strong
Funds receives your request in proper form. If Strong Funds receives such
request prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") on a
day on which the Exchange is open, your share price will be the NAV determined
that day. The NAV for the Fund is normally determined as of 3:00 p.m. Central
Time ("CT") each day the Exchange is open. The Fund reserves the right to change
the time at which purchases, redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the
Exchange closes at a time other than 3:00 p.m. CT
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-4
<PAGE>   22
 
or if an emergency exists. The Fund's NAV is calculated by taking the fair value
of the Fund's total assets, subtracting all its liabilities, and dividing by the
total number of shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued and applied daily when
determining the NAV.
   The securities in the portfolios of the Fund are valued on an amortized-cost
basis. Under this method of valuation, a security is initially valued at its
acquisition cost, and thereafter, amortization of any discount or premium is
assumed each day, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the
market value of the instrument. Under most conditions, the Advisor believes it
will be possible to maintain the NAV of the Fund at $1.00 per share.
Calculations are periodically made to compare the value of the Fund's portfolio
valued at amortized cost with market values. If a deviation of 1/2 of 1% or more
were to occur between the net asset value calculated by reference to market
values and the Fund's $1.00 per share NAV, or if there were any other deviation
that the Board of Directors believed would result in a material dilution to
shareholders or purchasers, the Board of Directors would promptly consider what
action, if any, should be initiated.
 
HOW TO SELL SHARES
 
   You can access the money in your account at any time by selling (redeeming)
some or all of your shares back to the Fund. Once your redemption request is
received in proper form, Strong will normally mail you the proceeds the next
business day and, in any event, no later than seven days thereafter.
   
   To redeem shares, you may use any of the methods described in the following
chart. However, if you are selling shares in a retirement account, please call
1-800-368-3863 for instructions. Please note that there is a $10.00 fee for
closing an IRA or other retirement account or for transferring assets to another
custodian. For your protection, certain requests may require a signature
guarantee. (See "Special Situations -- Signature Guarantees.")
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-5
<PAGE>   23
 
   
 
   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         TO SELL SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL                     FOR INDIVIDUAL, JOINT TENANT, AND UGMA/UTMA ACCOUNTS
                         - Write a "letter of instruction" that includes the
For your protection      following information: your account number, the
certain redemption         dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
requests may               redeem, each owner's name, your street address, and
require a                  the signature of each owner as it appears on the
signature guarantee.       account.
See "Special             - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee,
Situations --              Wisconsin 53201. If you're using an express
Signature                  delivery service, send to 900 Heritage Reserve,
Guarantees."               Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
                         FOR TRUST ACCOUNTS
                         - Same as above. Please ensure that all trustees sign
                         the letter of instruction.
                         FOR OTHER REGISTRATIONS
                         - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELEPHONE                Sign up for telephone redemption services when you
                         open
1-800-368-3863           your account by checking the "Yes" box in the
24 HOURS A DAY,          appropriate section of the account application. To
7 DAYS A WEEK            add the telephone redemption option to your account,
                         call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone Redemption Form.
                         Once the telephone redemption option is in place, you
                         may sell shares by phone and arrange to receive the
                         proceeds in one of three ways:
                         TO RECEIVE A CHECK BY MAIL
                         - At no charge, we will mail a check to the address
                         to which your account is registered.
                         TO DEPOSIT BY EFT
                         - At no charge, we will transmit the proceeds by
                         Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to a pre-authorized
                           bank account. Usually, the funds will arrive at
                           your bank two banking days after we process your
                           redemption.
                         TO DEPOSIT BY WIRE
                         - For a $10 fee, we will transmit the proceeds by
                         wire to a pre-authorized bank account. Usually, the
                           funds will arrive at your bank the next banking day
                           after we process your redemption.
                         You may also use Strong Direct SM, Strong Funds'
                         automated telephone response system. Call
                         1-800-368-7550.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHECK WRITING            Sign up for the free check-writing privilege when you
                         open
                         your account. To add check writing to an existing
                         account or to order additional checks, call
                         1-800-368-3863.
                         - Please keep in mind that all check redemptions must
                         be for a minimum of $500 and that you cannot write a
                           check to close an account.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOMATICALLY            You can set up automatic withdrawals from your
                         account at
                         regular intervals. To establish the Systematic
                         Withdrawal Plan, request a form by calling
                         1-800-368-3863.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKER-DEALER            You may also redeem shares through broker-dealers or
                         others
                         who may charge a commission or other transaction fee.
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-6
<PAGE>   24
 
                   WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT SELLING SHARES
 
- - If you have recently purchased shares, please be aware that your redemption
  request may not be honored until the purchase check has cleared your bank,
  which generally occurs within ten calendar days.
- - You will be charged a $10 service fee for a stop-payment and replacement of a
  redemption or dividend check.
- - The right of redemption may be suspended during any period in which (i)
  trading on the Exchange is restricted, as determined by the SEC, or the
  Exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (ii) the SEC has
  permitted such suspension by order; or (iii) an emergency as determined by the
  SEC exists, making disposal of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets
  of the Fund not reasonably practicable.
- - If you are selling shares you hold in certificate form, you must submit the
  certificates with your redemption request. Each registered owner must endorse
  the certificates and all signatures must be guaranteed.
- - Further documentation may be requested from corporations, executors,
  administrators, trustees, guardians, agents, or attorneys-in-fact.
 
                              REDEMPTIONS IN KIND
 
   
   If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make cash payments
undesirable, redemption payments (including the satisfaction of redemption
checks) may be made in whole or in part in securities or other financial assets,
valued for this purpose as they are valued in computing the NAV for the Fund's
shares. Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets on
redemption may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur any costs
of sale, as well as the associated inconveniences.
    
 
                WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS
 
- - The Fund reserves the right to refuse a telephone redemption if it believes it
  advisable to do so.
- - Once you place your telephone redemption request, it cannot be canceled or
  modified.
- - Investors will bear the risk of loss from fraudulent or unauthorized
  instructions received over the telephone provided that the Fund reasonably
  believes that such instructions are genuine. The Fund and its transfer agent
  employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by
  telephone are genuine. The Fund may incur liability if it does not follow
  these procedures.
- - Because of increased telephone volume, you may experience difficulty in
  implementing a telephone redemption during periods of dramatic economic or
  market changes.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-7
<PAGE>   25
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
 
                              INFORMATION SERVICES
 
   24-HOUR ASSISTANCE. Strong Funds has registered representatives available to
help you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Call 1-414-359-1400 or toll-free
1-800-368-3863. You may also write to Strong Funds at the address on the cover
of this Prospectus, or e-mail us at [email protected].
 
   
   STRONG DIRECTSM AUTOMATED TELEPHONE SYSTEM. Also available 24 hours a day,
the Strong DirectSM automated response system enables you to use a touch-tone
phone to hear fund quotes and returns on any Strong Fund. You may also confirm
account balances, hear records of recent transactions and dividend activity
(1-800-368-5550), and perform purchases, exchanges or redemptions among your
existing Strong accounts (1-800-368-7550). You may also perform an exchange to
open a new Strong account provided that your account has the telephone exchange
option. Please note that your accounts must be identically registered and you
must exchange enough into the new account to meet the minimum initial
investment. Your account information is protected by a personal code that you
establish.
    
 
   
   STRONG NETDIRECTSM. Available 24 hours a day from your personal computer,
Strong netDirectSM allows you to use the Internet to access your Strong Funds
account information. You may access specific account history, view current
account balances, obtain recent dividend activity, and perform purchases,
exchanges, or redemptions among your existing Strong accounts.
    
   
   To register for netDirect, please visit our website at http://www.strong-
funds.com. Your account information is protected by a personal password and
Internet encryption technology. For more information on this service, please
call 1-800-359-3379 or e-mail us at [email protected].
    
 
   STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. At a minimum, the Fund will confirm all transactions
for your account on a quarterly basis. We recommend that you file each quarterly
statement - and, especially, each calendar year-end statement - with your other
important financial papers, since you may need to refer to them at a later date
for tax purposes. Should you need additional copies of previous statements, you
may order confirmation statements for the current and preceding year at no
charge. Statements for earlier years are available for $10 each. Call
1-800-368-3863 to order past statements.
   
   Each year, you will also receive a statement confirming the tax status of any
distributions paid to you, as well as a semi-annual report and an annual report
containing audited financial statements.
    
   To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of certain materials,
such as prospectuses and shareholder reports, is mailed to your
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-8
<PAGE>   26
 
household. Call 1-800-368-3863 if you wish to receive additional copies, free of
charge.
   
   More complete information regarding the Fund's investment policies and
services is contained in its SAI, which you may request by calling or writing
Strong Funds at the phone number and address on the cover of this Prospectus.
    
 
   CHANGING YOUR ACCOUNT INFORMATION. So that you continue receiving your Strong
correspondence, including any dividend checks and statements, please notify us
in writing as soon as possible if your address changes. You may use the
Additional Investment Form at the bottom of your confirmation
statement, or simply write us a letter of instruction that contains the
following information:
      1. a written request to change the address,
      2. the account number(s) for which the address is to be changed,
      3. the new address, and
      4. the signatures of all owners of the accounts.
   Please send your request to the address on the cover of this Prospectus.
   Changes to an account's registration - such as adding or removing a joint
owner, changing an owner's name, or changing the type of your account - must
also be submitted in writing. Please call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions. For
your protection, some requests may require a signature guarantee.
 
                              TRANSACTION SERVICES
 
   
   EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE. You may exchange shares between identically registered
Strong Funds accounts, either in writing or by telephone. By establishing the
telephone exchange services, you authorize the Fund and its agents to act upon
your instruction by telephone to exchange shares from any account you specify.
For tax purposes, an exchange is considered a sale and a purchase of Fund
shares. Please obtain and read the appropriate prospectus before investing in
any of the Strong Funds. Since an excessive number of exchanges may be
detrimental to the Funds, the Fund reserves the right to discontinue the
exchange privilege of any shareholder who makes more than five exchanges in a
year or three exchanges in a calendar quarter.
    
 
   
   CHECK-WRITING PRIVILEGES. You may also redeem shares by check in amounts of
$500 or more. There is no charge for check-writing privileges. Redemption by
check cannot be honored if share certificates are outstanding and would need to
be liquidated to honor the check. In addition, a check may not be honored if the
check results in you redeeming more than the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
Fund's assets during any 90-day period and the Advisor determines that existing
conditions make cash payments undesirable. Checks are supplied free of charge,
and additional checks will be sent to you upon
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-9
<PAGE>   27
 
request. The Fund does not return the checks you write, although copies are
available upon request.
   You may place stop-payment requests on checks by calling Strong Funds at
1-800-368-3863. A $10 fee will be charged for each stop-payment request. A stop
payment will remain in effect for two weeks following receipt of oral
instructions (six months following written instructions) by Strong Funds.
   If there are insufficient cleared shares in your account to cover the amount
of your redemption by check, the check will be returned, marked "insufficient
funds," and a fee of $10 will be charged to the account.
 
REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS
 
   
   AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. The Automatic Investment Plan allows you to make
regular, systematic investments in the Fund from your bank checking or NOW
account. You may choose to make investments on any day of the month in amounts
of $50 or more. You can set up the Automatic Investment Plan with any financial
institution that is a member of the Automated Clearing House. Because the Fund
has the right to close an investor's account for failure to reach the minimum
initial investment, please consider your ability to continue this Plan until you
reach the minimum initial investment. To establish the Plan, complete the
Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application, or call
1-800-368-3863 for an application.
    
 
   PAYROLL DIRECT DEPOSIT PLAN. Once you meet the Fund's minimum initial
investment requirement, you may purchase additional Fund shares through the
Payroll Direct Deposit Plan. Through this Plan, periodic investments (minimum
$50) are made automatically from your payroll check into your existing Fund
account. By enrolling in the Plan, you authorize your employer or its agents to
deposit a specified amount from your payroll check into the Fund's bank account.
In most cases, your Fund account will be credited the day after the amount is
received by the Fund's bank. In order to participate in the Plan, your employer
must have direct deposit capabilities through the Automated Clearing House
available to its employees. The Plan may be used for other direct deposits, such
as social security checks, military allotments, and annuity payments.
   To establish a Direct Deposit for your account, call 1-800-368-3863 to obtain
an Authorization for Payroll Direct Deposit to a Strong Funds Account form. Once
the Plan is established, you may alter the amount of the deposit, alter the
frequency of the deposit, or terminate your participation in the program by
notifying your employer.
 
   AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN. The Automatic Exchange Plan allows you to make
regular, systematic exchanges (minimum $50) from one Strong Funds account into
another Strong Funds account. By setting up the Plan, you authorize the Fund and
its agents to redeem a set dollar amount or number of shares
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-10
<PAGE>   28
 
from the first account and purchase shares of a second Strong Fund. In addition,
you authorize the Fund and its agents to accept telephone instructions to change
the dollar amount and frequency of the exchange. An exchange transaction is a
sale and purchase of shares for federal income tax purposes and may result in a
capital gain or loss. To establish the Plan, request a form by calling
1-800-368-3863.
   To participate in the Automatic Exchange Plan, you must have an initial
account balance of $2,500 in the first account and at least the minimum initial
investment in the second account. Exchanges may be made on any day or days of
your choice. If the amount remaining in the first account is less than the
exchange amount you requested, then the remaining amount will be exchanged. At
such time as the first account has a zero balance, your participation in the
Plan will be terminated. You may also terminate the Plan at any time by calling
or writing to the Fund. Once participation in the Plan has been terminated for
any reason, to reinstate the Plan you must do so in writing; simply investing
additional funds will not reinstate the Plan.
 
   SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN. You can set up automatic withdrawals from your
account at regular intervals. To begin distributions, you must have an initial
balance of $5,000 in your account and withdraw at least $50 per payment. To
establish the Systematic Withdrawal Plan, request a form by calling
1-800-368-3863. Depending upon the size of the account and the withdrawals
requested (and fluctuations in net asset value of the shares redeemed),
redemptions for the purpose of satisfying such withdrawals may reduce or even
exhaust the account. If the amount remaining in the account is not sufficient to
meet a Plan payment, the remaining amount will be redeemed and the Plan will be
terminated.
 
SPECIAL SITUATIONS
 
   POWER OF ATTORNEY. If you are investing as attorney-in-fact for another
person, please complete the account application in the name of such person and
sign the back of the application in the following form: "[applicant's name] by
[your name], attorney-in-fact." To avoid having to file an affidavit prior to
each transaction, please complete the Power of Attorney form available from
Strong Funds at 1-800-368-3863. However, if you would like to use your own power
of attorney form, please call the same number for instructions.
 
   
   CORPORATIONS AND TRUSTS. If you are investing for a corporation, please
include with your account application a certified copy of your corporate
resolution indicating which officers are authorized to act on behalf of the
corporation. As an alternative, you may complete a Certification of Authorized
Individuals, which can be obtained from the Fund. Until a valid corporate
resolution or Certification of Authorized Individuals is received by the Fund,
    
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-11
<PAGE>   29
 
services such as telephone redemption, wire redemption, and check writing will
not be established.
   If you are investing as a trustee, please include the date of the trust. All
trustees must sign the application. If they do not, services such as telephone
redemption, wire redemption, and check writing will not be established. All
trustees must sign redemption requests unless proper documentation to the
contrary is provided to the Fund. Failure to provide these documents or
signatures as required when you invest may result in delays in processing
redemption requests.
 
   
   FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES. Broker-dealers, financial institutions, and other
financial intermediaries that have entered into agreements with the Distributor
may enter purchase or redemption orders on behalf of their customers. If you
purchase or redeem shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, certain
features of the Fund relating to such transactions may not be available or may
be modified in accordance with the terms of the intermediaries' agreement with
the Distributor. In addition, certain operational policies of a Fund, including
those related to settlement and dividend accrual, may vary from those applicable
to direct shareholders of the Fund and may vary among intermediaries. We urge
you to consult your financial intermediary for more information regarding these
matters. In addition, a Fund may pay, directly or indirectly through
arrangements with the Advisor, amounts to financial intermediaries that provide
transfer agent and/or other administrative services relating to the Fund to
their customers provided, however, that the Fund will not pay more for these
services through intermediary relationships than it would if the intermediaries'
customers were direct shareholders in the Fund. Certain financial intermediaries
may charge a commission or other transaction fee for their services. You will
not be charged for such fees if you purchase or redeem your Fund shares directly
from a Fund without the intervention of a financial intermediary.
    
 
   SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. A signature guarantee is designed to protect you and
the Fund against fraudulent transactions by unauthorized persons. In the
following instances, the Fund will require a signature guarantee for all
authorized owners of an account:
 
- - when you add the telephone redemption or check-writing options to your
  existing account;
- - if you transfer the ownership of your account to another individual or
  organization;
- - when you submit a written redemption request for more than $25,000;
- - when you request to redeem or redeposit shares that have been issued in
  certificate form;
- - if you open an account and later decide that you want certificates;
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-12
<PAGE>   30
 
- - when you request that redemption proceeds be sent to a different name or
  address than is registered on your account;
- - if you add/change your name or add/remove an owner on your account; and
- - if you add/change the beneficiary on your transfer-on-death account.
 
   A signature guarantee may be obtained from any eligible guarantor
institution, as defined by the SEC. These institutions include banks, savings
associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, and others. PLEASE NOTE THAT A
NOTARY PUBLIC STAMP OR SEAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-13
<PAGE>   31
 
   
                                     NOTES
    
<PAGE>   32
                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION



   

                            STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND
                                  P.O. Box 2936
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
                            Telephone: (414) 359-1400
                            Toll-Free: (800) 368-3863



         This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus and should
be read in conjunction with the Prospectus of Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.
(the "Fund"), dated March 1, 1997. Requests for copies of the Prospectus should
be made by calling one of the numbers listed above. The financial statements
appearing in the Fund's Annual Report, which accompanies this Statement of
Additional Information, are incorporated herein by reference.
    




   
        This Statement of Additional Information is dated March 1, 1997.
    


<PAGE>   33
                               STRONG INCOME FUNDS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                           PAGE
<S>                                                                          <C>
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS....................................................  3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.........................................  4
   Asset-Backed Debt Obligations...........................................  5
   Borrowing...............................................................  5
   Illiquid Securities.....................................................  6
   Lending of Portfolio Securities.........................................  6
   Mortgage Dollar Rolls and Reverse Repurchase Agreements.................  7
   Repurchase Agreements...................................................  7
   Rule 2a-7:  Maturity, Quality, and Diversification Restrictions.........  7
   Stripped-Debt Obligations...............................................  9
   Variable- or Floating-Rate Securities...................................  9
   When-Issued Securities.................................................. 10
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE FUND......................................... 10
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS..................................................... 13
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND DISTRIBUTOR......................................... 13
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE....................................... 15
CUSTODIAN.................................................................. 18
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT............................... 18
TAXES...................................................................... 19
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE........................................... 20
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION......................................... 20
FUND ORGANIZATION.......................................................... 22
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS....................................................... 22
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.................................................... 22
GENERAL INFORMATION........................................................ 29
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT....................................................... 32
LEGAL COUNSEL.............................................................. 33
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS.................................................... 33
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................... 33
APPENDIX................................................................... A-1
</TABLE>


         No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Statement of Additional
Information and the Prospectus dated March 1, 1997 and, if given or made, such
information or representations may not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Fund.
    

        This Statement of Additional Information does not constitute an
                           offer to sell securities.


<PAGE>   34
                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
   

         The investment objective of the Fund is to seek current income, a
stable share price and daily liquidity. The Fund's investment objectives and
policies are described in detail in the Prospectus under the caption "Investment
Objective and Policies." The following are the Fund's fundamental investment
limitations which cannot be changed without shareholder approval.

The Fund:
    

1.       May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the
         securities of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the
         U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result,
         (i) more than 5% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the
         securities of that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of
         the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.

2.       May (i) borrow money from banks and (ii) make other investments or
         engage in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company
         Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided
         that the combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the
         value of the Fund's total assets (including the amount borrowed), less
         the Fund's liabilities (other than borrowings), except that the Fund
         may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including
         the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes
         (but not for leverage or the purchase of investments). The Fund may
         also borrow money from the other Strong Funds or other persons to the
         extent permitted by applicable law.

3.       May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940
         Act.

4.       May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
         the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the
         meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase
         and sale of portfolio securities.

5.       May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a
         result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall
         not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures
         contracts, or other derivative instruments, or from investing in
         securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities).

6.       May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's
         total assets would be lent to other persons, except through (i)
         purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (ii)
         engaging in repurchase agreements.

7.       May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more
         than 25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities
         of issuers, the principal business activities of which are in the same
         industry. With respect to the Money Market Funds only, this limitation
         shall not limit the Funds' purchases of obligations issued by domestic
         banks.

8.       May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
         ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
         prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other
         instruments backed by real estate or of issuers engaged in real estate
         activities).

9.       May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
         restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single
         open-end management investment company with substantially the same
         fundamental investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the
         Fund.



                                      -3-
<PAGE>   35

   
         The following are the Fund's non-fundamental operating policies which
may be changed by the Board of Directors of the Fund without shareholder
approval.

The Fund may not:
    

1.       Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
         securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short,
         or unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules
         and positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff,
         and provided that transactions in options, futures contracts, options
         on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to
         constitute selling securities short.

2.       Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
         short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions;
         and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts,
         options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not
         constitute purchasing securities on margin.

   
3.       Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
         than 10% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities, or
         such other amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act.
    

4.       Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
         with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.

5.       Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
         investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
         investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.

   
6.       Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
         impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act
         and, in accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on
         futures transactions solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within
         the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act), provided, however, that the
         Fund may, in addition to bona fide hedging transactions, use futures
         and options on futures transactions if the aggregate initial margin and
         premiums required to establish such positions, less the amount by which
         any such options positions are in the money (within the meaning of the
         Commodity Exchange Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets.

7.       Borrow money except (i) from banks or (ii) through reverse repurchase
         agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities
         when bank borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

8.       Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
         (i) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (ii)
         engaging in repurchase agreements.

9.       Engage in any transaction or practice which is not permissible under
         Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, notwithstanding any other fundamental
         investment limitation or non-fundamental operating policy.

         Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed above and the
Fund's investment objective, the other investment policies described in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information are not fundamental and
may be changed with approval of the Fund's Board of Directors. Unless noted
otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of investment,
a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in the Fund's
assets (i.e., due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in market value of the
investment or the Fund's assets will not constitute a violation of that
restriction.
    

                       INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

         The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds'
investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in detail in
the Prospectus under the captions "Investment Objectives and Policies" and
"Implementation of Policies and Risks."



                                      -4-
<PAGE>   36
ASSET-BACKED DEBT OBLIGATIONS

   
         The Fund may invest in asset-backed debt obligations. Asset-backed debt
obligations represent direct or indirect participation in, or secured by and
payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other
installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of
property, and receivables from credit card or other revolving credit
arrangements. Asset-backed debt obligations purchased by the Fund may include
collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") issued by private companies. The
credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit
quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing
the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other
affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the
securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed
debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements
including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization, and
guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed debt
obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government sponsored
mortgage-backed securities.
    

         The rate of principal payment on asset-backed securities generally
depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets
which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a
result, the yield on any asset-backed security is difficult to predict with
precision and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated
yield to maturity. The yield characteristics of asset-backed debt obligations
differ from those of traditional debt obligations. Among the principal
differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently on
asset-backed debt obligations, usually monthly, and that principal may be
prepaid at any time because the underlying assets generally may be prepaid at
any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases these debt obligations at a
premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to
maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the
opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund
purchases these debt obligations at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster
than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is
slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Accelerated prepayments on
debt obligations purchased by the Fund at a premium also imposes a risk of loss
of principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time
the principal is prepaid in full.

         While many asset-backed securities are issued with only one class of
security, many asset-backed securities are issued in more than one class, each
with different payment terms. Multiple class asset-backed securities are issued
for two main reasons. First, multiple classes may be used as a method of
providing credit support. This is accomplished typically through creation of one
or more classes whose right to payments on the asset-backed security is made
subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes.
Second, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment
terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of
each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include so-called
"strips" (asset-backed securities entitling the holder to disproportionate
interests with respect to the allocation of interest and principal of the assets
backing the security), and securities with class or classes having
characteristics which mimic the characteristics of non-asset-backed securities,
such as floating interest rates (i.e., interest rates which adjust as a
specified benchmark changes) or scheduled amortization of principal.

         Asset-backed securities backed by assets, other than as described
above, or in which the payment streams on the underlying assets are allocated in
a manner different than those described above may be issued in the future. The
Fund may invest in such asset-backed securities if such investment is otherwise
consistent with its investment objectives and policies and with the investment
restrictions of the Fund.

BORROWING

   
         The Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or
engage in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be
considered a borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase
agreements) as discussed under "Investment Restrictions." However, the Fund may
not purchase securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of the Fund's total
assets. Presently, the Fund only intends to borrow from banks for temporary or
emergency purposes.
    



                                      -5-
<PAGE>   37
   
    
ILLIQUID SECURITIES

   
         The Fund may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are
not readily marketable). However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities
if, as a result, they would comprise more than 10% of the value of the Fund's
net assets (or such other amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act).

          The Board of Directors of the Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under
Rule 144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Fund's Board of Directors.

         The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Advisor the
day-to-day determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has
retained oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The
Board of Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (i) the
frequency of trades or quotes for a security, (ii) the number of dealers willing
to purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (iii) the
willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (iv) the
nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the time
needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and the
mechanics of transfer, (v) the likelihood that the security's marketability will
be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (vi) any other
relevant factors. The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be liquid
if (i) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (ii) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two nationally rated statistical
rating organizations ("NRSRO"), or if only one NRSRO rates the security, by that
NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of equivalent quality, and (iii)
the Advisor considers the trading market for the specific security taking into
account all relevant factors.

         Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated
transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration
statement is in effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required,
a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a
considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the
time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective
registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were
to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell. Restricted securities will be priced at fair value as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Fund. If through the
appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities, the Fund should be in a position where more than 10% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and 4(2)
commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take such
steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect liquidity.
    

LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
(ALL FUNDS)

   
         The Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus accrued
interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted accordingly.
Although the Fund is authorized to lend, the Fund does not presently intend to
engage in lending. In determining whether to lend securities to a particular
broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor will consider, and during
the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant facts and circumstances,
including the creditworthiness of the borrower. The Fund will retain authority
to terminate any loans at any time. The Fund may pay reasonable administrative
and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of
the interest earned on the cash or money market instruments held as collateral
to the borrower or placing broker. The Fund will receive reasonable interest on
the loan or a flat fee from the borrower and amounts equivalent to any
dividends, 
    




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   38
   
interest or other distributions on the securities loaned. The Fund
will retain record ownership of loaned securities to exercise beneficial rights,
such as voting and subscription rights and rights to dividends, interest or
other distributions, when retaining such rights is considered to be in the
Fund's interest.
    

MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

   
         The Fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate
portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for
arbitrage transactions discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the
Fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the
security at a specified future date and price. The Fund generally retains the
right to interest and principal payments on the security. Since the Fund
receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be
considered a borrowing. (See "Borrowing".) When required by guidelines of the
SEC, the Fund will set aside permissible liquid assets in a segregated account
to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.

         The Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund
would sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date. While the Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds
of the initial sale. The Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of
fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time the Fund would enter
into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets in a
segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy
mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered
a borrowing by the Fund. (See "Borrowing".)

         The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered
into by the Fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which the Fund will
maintain an offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or
repurchase agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the
related mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since the Fund
will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it
invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage.
However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and
will mature on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or
reverse repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage
transactions do not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other
types of leverage.
    

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

   
         The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or
non-bank dealers. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security at one
price, and at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation
at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security. The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing basis,
the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always equals or
exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Repurchase agreements could
involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party
to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund's
ability to dispose of the underlying securities. Although no definitive
creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness of
the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Fund enters into repurchase
agreements to evaluate those risks. The Fund may, under certain circumstances,
deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities to be
investments in U.S. government securities.
    

RULE 2A-7:  MATURITY, QUALITY, AND DIVERSIFICATION RESTRICTIONS

   
         The Fund is subject to certain maturity restrictions pursuant to Rule
2a-7 under the 1940 Act for money market funds that use the amortized cost
method of valuation to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per share.
Accordingly, the Fund will (i) maintain a dollar weighted average portfolio
maturity of 90 days or less, and (ii) will purchase securities with a remaining
maturity of no more than 13 months (397 calendar days). Further, the Fund will
limit its investments to U.S. dollar-denominated securities which represent
minimal credit risks and meet certain credit quality and diversification
requirements. 
    



                                      -7-
<PAGE>   39

For purposes of calculating the maturity of portfolio instruments, the Fund will
follow the requirements of Rule 2a-7. Under Rule 2a-7, the maturity of portfolio
instruments is calculated as indicated below.

         Generally, the maturity of a portfolio instrument shall be deemed to be
the period remaining (calculated from the trade date or such other date on which
the Fund's interest in the instrument is subject to market action) until the
date noted on the face of the instrument as the date on which the principal
amount must be paid, or in the case of an instrument called for redemption, the
date on which the redemption payment must be made, except that:

         (1) An instrument that is issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government
or any agency thereof which has a variable rate of interest readjusted no less
frequently than every 762 days shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the
period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate.

         (2) A Variable Rate Instrument, the principal amount of which is
scheduled on the face of the instrument to be paid on 397 calendar days or less
shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next
readjustment of the interest rate.

         (3) A Variable Rate Instrument that is subject to a Demand Feature
shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining
until the next readjustment of the interest rate or the period remaining until
the principal amount can be recovered through demand.

         (4) A Floating Rate Instrument that is subject to a Demand Feature
shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the
principal amount can be recovered through demand.

         (5) A repurchase agreement shall be deemed to have a maturity equal to
the period remaining until the date on which the repurchase of the underlying
securities is scheduled to occur, or, where no date is specified, but the
agreement is subject to a demand, the notice period applicable to a demand for
the repurchase of the securities.

   
         The Fund is subject to certain credit quality restrictions pursuant to
Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The Fund will invest at least 95% of its assets in
instruments determined to present minimal credit risks and, at the time of
acquisition, are (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government,
its agencies, or instrumentalities; (ii) rated by at least two nationally
recognized rating agencies (or by one agency if only one agency has issued a
rating) (the "required rating agencies") in the highest rating category for
short-term debt obligations; (iii) unrated but whose issuer is rated in the
highest category by the required rating agencies with respect to a class of
short-term debt obligations or any security within that class that is comparable
in priority and security with the instrument; or (iv) unrated (other than the
type described in (iii)) but determined by the Board of Directors of the Fund to
be of comparable quality to the foregoing (provided the issue of the unrated
security has not received a short-term rating, and with respect to a long-term
security with a remaining maturity within the Fund's maturity restrictions, has
not received a long-term rating from any agency that is other than in one of its
highest two rating categories). The foregoing are referred to as "first-tier
securities."

         The balance of the securities in which the Fund may invest are
instruments determined to present minimal credit risks, which do not qualify as
first-tier securities, and, at the time of acquisition, are (i) rated by the
required rating agencies in one of the two highest rating categories for
short-term debt obligations; (ii) unrated but whose issuer is rated in one of
the two highest categories by the required rating agencies with respect to a
class of short-term debt obligations or any security within that class that is
comparable in priority and security with the obligation; or (iii) unrated (other
than described in (ii)) but determined by the Board of Directors of the Fund to
be of comparable quality to the foregoing (provided the issue of the unrated
security has not received a short-term rating and, with respect to a long-term
security with a remaining maturity within the Fund's maturity restrictions, has
not received a long-term rating from any agency that is other than in one of its
highest two rating categories). The foregoing are referred to as "second-tier
securities."
    

         In addition to the foregoing guidelines, the Fund is subject to certain
diversification restrictions pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, which
include (i) the Fund will not acquire a second-tier security of an issuer if,
after giving effect to the acquisition, the Fund would have invested more than
the greater of 1% of its total assets or one million dollars in second-tier
securities issued by that issuer, or (ii) the Fund will not invest more than 5%
of the Fund's assets in the securities (other than 




                                      -8-
<PAGE>   40

securities issued by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof) issued by a single issuer, except for certain investments held for not
more than 3 business days.

         As used herein, all capitalized but undefined terms shall have the
meaning such terms have in Rule 2a-7.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>   41

STRIPPED-DEBT OBLIGATIONS
   
         To the extent consistent with its investment objective and Rule 2a-7
under the Investment Component Act, the Fund may purchase Treasury receipts and
other "stripped" securities that evidence ownership in either the future
interest payments or the future principal payments on U.S. Government and other
obligations. These participations, which may be issued by the U.S. Government
(or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as
banks and other institutions, are issued at a discount to their "face value."
Stripped securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt
securities because of the manner in which their principal and interest are
returned to investors.
    
VARIABLE- OR FLOATING-RATE SECURITIES

   
    

         The Fund may invest in securities which offer a variable- or
floating-rate of interest. Variable-rate securities provide for automatic
establishment of a new interest rate at fixed intervals (e.g., daily, monthly,
semi-annually, etc.). Floating-rate securities generally provide for automatic
adjustment of the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index
changes. The interest rate on variable- or floating-rate securities is
ordinarily determined by reference to or is a percentage of a bank's prime rate,
the 90-day U.S. Treasury bill rate, the rate of return on commercial paper or
bank certificates of deposit, an index of short-term interest rates, or some
other objective measure.

         Variable- or floating-rate securities frequently include a demand
feature entitling the holder to sell the securities to the issuer at par. In
many cases, the demand feature can be exercised at any time on 7 days notice; in
other cases, the demand feature is exercisable at any time on 30 days notice or
on similar notice at intervals of not more than one year. Some securities which
do not have variable or floating interest rates may be accompanied by puts
producing similar results and price characteristics. When considering the
maturity of any instrument which may be sold or put to the issuer or a third
party, the Fund may consider that instrument's maturity to be shorter than its
stated maturity. Any such determination by the Fund will be made in accordance
with Rule 2a-7.

         Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes which are
obligations that permit the Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change
daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as
lender, and the borrower. The interest rates on these notes fluctuate from time
to time. The issuer of such obligations normally has a corresponding right,
after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal
amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days'
notice to the holders of such obligations. The interest rate on a floating-rate
demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank's prime rate,
and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate
on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified
intervals. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or
other credit support arrangements provided by banks. Because these obligations
are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not
contemplated that such instruments will generally be traded. There generally is
not an established secondary market for these obligations, although they are
redeemable at face value. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured
by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, the Fund's right to
redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest
on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies
and, if not so rated, the Fund may invest in them only if the Advisor determines
that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the
other obligations in which the Fund may invest. The Advisor, on behalf of the
Fund, will consider on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of
the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in the Fund's portfolio.

         The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its net assets in variable-
and floating-rate demand obligations that are not readily marketable (a
variable- or floating-rate demand obligation that may be disposed of on not more
than seven days notice will be deemed readily marketable and will not be subject
to this limitation). (See "Illiquid Securities" and "Investment Restrictions.")
In addition, each variable- or floating-rate obligation must meet the credit
quality requirements applicable to all the Fund's investments at the time of
purchase. When determining whether such an obligation meets the Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of the financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or other credit support arrangement.

         In determining the Fund's weighted average portfolio maturity, the Fund
will consider a floating or variable rate security to have a maturity equal to
its stated maturity (or redemption date if it has been called for redemption),
except that it may consider (i) variable rate securities to have a maturity
equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment in the 




                                      -10-
<PAGE>   42
   
interest rate, unless subject to a demand feature, (ii) variable rate securities
subject to a demand feature to have a remaining maturity equal to the longer of
(a) the next readjustment in the interest rate or (b) the period remaining until
the principal can be recovered through demand, and (iii) floating rate
securities subject to a demand feature to have a maturity equal to the period
remaining until the principal can be recovered through demand. Variable and
floating rate securities generally are subject to less principal fluctuation
than securities without these attributes since the securities usually trade at
amortized cost following the readjustment in the interest rate.
    

   
    

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES

   

         The Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a "when-issued"
basis. The price of debt obligations purchased on a when-issued basis, which may
be expressed in yield terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment to
purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a
later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the purchase
although in some cases settlement may take longer. During the period between the
purchase and settlement, no payment is made by a Fund to the issuer and no
interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund. Forward commitments
involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines
prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of decline
in value of the Fund's other assets. While when-issued securities may be sold
prior to the settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with
the purpose of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears desirable for
investment reasons. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase a
security on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the
value of the security in determining its net asset value. The Fund does not
believe that its net asset values will be adversely affected by purchases of
securities on a when-issued basis.

         To the extent required by the SEC, the Fund will maintain cash and
marketable securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued securities.
Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be sold on or
before the settlement date. When the time comes to pay for when-issued
securities, the Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow,
sale of the securities held in the separate account, described above, sale of
other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the
sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value
greater or less than the Fund's payment obligation).


                       DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE FUND


         Directors and officers of the Fund, together with information as to its
principal business occupations during the last five years, and other information
are shown below. Each director who is deemed an "interested person," as defined
in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk (*). Each officer and director
holds the same position with the 25 registered open-end management investment
companies consisting of 38 mutual funds, which are managed by the Advisor (the
"Strong Funds"). The Strong Funds, in the aggregate, pays each Director who is
not a director, officer, or employee of the Advisor, or any affiliated company
(a "disinterested director") an annual fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board
meeting for each Strong Fund. In addition, each disinterested director is
reimbursed by the Strong Funds for travel and other expenses incurred in
connection with attendance at such meetings. Other officers and directors of the
Strong Funds receive no compensation or expense reimbursement from the Strong
Funds.

*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Chairman of the Board and Director of the
Fund.

         Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the
Advisor, which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a
Security Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor. In October 1991, Mr.
Strong also became the Chairman of the Advisor. Mr. Strong is a Director of the
Advisor. Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since 1967.
Mr. Strong has served the Fund as Chairman and Director since July 1986.
    



                                      -11-
<PAGE>   43

   
MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/9/18), Director of the Fund.

         Private Investor. From 1945 to 1980, Mr. Nevins was Chairman of
Wisconsin Centrifugal Inc., a foundry. From July 1983 to December 1986, he was
Chairman of General Casting Corp., Waukesha, Wisconsin, a foundry. Mr. Nevins is
a former Chairman of the Wisconsin Association of Manufacturers & Commerce. He
was also a regent of the Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the
Board of Trustees of the Medical College of Wisconsin. Mr. Nevins has served the
Fund as a Director since July 1986.

WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Fund.

         Mr. Davis has been director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee
Corporation (a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a
discount consumer products company) since 1985, YMCA Metropolitan - Los Angeles
since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM Grand, Inc. (an
entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility company) since
1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992, L.A. Gear (a
footwear/sportswear company) since 1992, and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since 1994.
Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the University of Chicago since 1980, Marquette
University since 1988, and Occidental College since 1990. Since 1977, Mr. Davis
has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro Broadcasting, Inc. Mr.
Davis was a director of the Fireman's Fund (an insurance company) from 1975
until 1990. Mr. Davis has served the Fund as a Director since July 1994.

*JOHN DRAGISIC (DOB 11/26/40), President and Director of the Fund.

         Mr. Dragisic has been President of the Advisor since October 1995, and
a Director of the Advisor since July 1994. Mr. Dragisic served as Vice Chairman
of the Advisor from July 1994 until October 1995. Mr. Dragisic was the President
and Chief Executive Officer of Grunau Company, Inc. (a mechanical contracting
and engineering firm), Milwaukee, Wisconsin from 1987 until July 1994. From 1981
to 1987, he was an Executive Vice President with Grunau Company, Inc. From 1969
until 1973, Mr. Dragisic worked for the InterAmerican Development Bank. Mr.
Dragisic received his Ph.D. in Economics in 1971 from the University of
Wisconsin - Madison and his B.A. degree in Economics in 1962 from Lake Forest
College. Mr. Dragisic has served the Fund as a Director from July 1991 until
July 1994, Vice Chairman from July 1994 until October 1995, and President since
October 1995.

STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Fund.

         Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992. Mr. Kritzik has served the Fund as a Director since April 1995.

WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Fund.

         Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc.
since 1990. From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University
Physicians of the University of Colorado. Mr. Vogt is the Past President of the
Medical Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College of
Medical Practice Executives. He has served the Fund as a Director since April
1995.

LAWRENCE A. TOTSKY (DOB 5/6/59), C.P.A., Vice President of the Fund.

         Mr. Totsky has been Senior Vice President of the Advisor since
September 1994. Mr. Totsky served as Vice President of the Advisor from December
1992 to September 1994. Mr. Totsky acted as the Advisor's Manager of Shareholder
Accounting and Compliance from June 1987 to June 1991 when he was named Director
of Mutual Fund Administration. Mr. Totsky has served the Fund as a Vice
President since May 1993.
    



                                      -12-
<PAGE>   44
   
THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Fund.

         Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General
Counsel of the Advisor since September 1994. For two years prior to joining the
Advisor, Mr. Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P. Morgan
& Co., Inc. From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as Associate
General Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein Co., Inc. For two years prior to that,
Mr. Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington, D.C. law firm of Tew Jorden &
Schulte, a successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner. From August 1979 until December
1986, Mr. Lemke worked at the Securities and Exchange Commission, most notably
as the Chief Counsel to the Division of Investment Management (November 1984 -
December 1986), and as Special Counsel to the Office of Insurance Products,
Division of Investment Management (April 1982 - October 1984). Mr. Lemke has
served the Fund as a Vice President since October 1994.

STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB 6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the Fund.

         Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel to the Advisor since
November 1996. From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted as
Associate Counsel to the Advisor. From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm. Mr.
Shenkenberg has served the Fund as a Vice President since April 1996 and as
Secretary since October 1996.

JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Fund.

         Mr. Weitzer has been an Associate Counsel to the Advisor since July
1993. Mr. Weitzer has served the Fund as a Vice President since January 1996.

         Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik and Vogt, the address of all
of the above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108. Mr. Davis' address
is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301. Mr. Kritzik's address is 1123
North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-0547. Mr. Vogt's
address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80206.

         In addition to the positions listed above, the following individuals
also hold the following positions with Strong Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), a
Wisconsin corporation and subsidiary of the Advisor; Strong Funds Distributors,
Inc., the Fund's underwriter ("Distributors"), Heritage Reserve Development
Corporation ("Heritage"), and Strong Service Corporation ("SSC"), each of which
is a Wisconsin corporation and subsidiary of Holdings; Fussville Real Estate
Holdings L.L.C. ("Real Estate Holdings") and Sherwood Development L.L.C.
("Sherwood"), each of which is a Wisconsin Limited Liability Company and
subsidiary of the Advisor and Heritage; and Fussville Development L.L.C.
("Fussville Development"), a Wisconsin Limited Liability Company and subsidiary
of the Advisor and Real Estate Holdings:

RICHARD S. STRONG:

         CHAIRMAN AND A DIRECTOR - Holdings and Distributors (since October
         1993); Heritage (since January 1994); and SSC (since November 1995).

         CHAIRMAN AND A MEMBER OF THE MANAGING BOARD - Real Estate Holdings and
         Fussville Development (since December 1995 and February 1994,
         respectively); and Sherwood (since October 1994).

JOHN DRAGISIC:

         PRESIDENT AND A DIRECTOR - Holdings (since December 1995 and July 1994,
         respectively); Distributors (since September 1996 and July 1994,
         respectively); Heritage (since May 1994 and August 1994, respectively);
         and SSC (since November 1995).

         VICE CHAIRMAN AND A MEMBER OF THE MANAGING BOARD - Real Estate and
         Fussville Development (since December 1995 and August 1994,
         respectively); and Sherwood (since October 1994).
    



                                      -13-
<PAGE>   45
   
THOMAS P. LEMKE:

         VICE PRESIDENT - Holdings, Heritage, Real Estate Holdings, and
         Fussville Development (since December 1995); Distributors (since
         October 1996); Sherwood (since October 1994); and SSC (since November
         1995).

STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG:

         VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY - Distributors (since December 1995).

         SECRETARY - Holdings, Heritage, Fussville Development, Real Estate
         Holdings, and Sherwood (since December 1995); and SSC (since November
         1995).

         As of January 31, 1997, the officers and directors of the Fund in the
aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of the Fund's then outstanding shares.

                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

         As of January 31, 1997, no persons owned of record or are known by the
Fund to own of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the Fund's outstanding
shares.
    

                       INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND DISTRIBUTOR

   
         The Advisor to the Fund is Strong Capital Management, Inc. Mr. Richard
S. Strong controls the Advisor. Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a director of the
Advisor, Mr. Dragisic is the President and a director of the Advisor, Mr. Totsky
is a Senior Vice President of the Advisor, Mr. Lemke is a Senior Vice President,
Secretary and General Counsel of the Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is Vice President,
Assistant Secretary, and Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor, and Mr. Weitzer
is Associate Counsel of the Advisor. A brief description of the Fund's
investment advisory agreement ("Advisory Agreement") is set forth in the
Prospectus under "About the Fund - Management."

         The Fund's Advisory Agreement is dated May 1, 1995 and was last
approved by shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 13,
1995. The Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by either the
Board of Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's
outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). In either case, each
annual renewal must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's
directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of
any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on
such approval. Each Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60
days' written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund, by vote of a
majority of the Fund's outstanding voting securities, or by the Advisor. In
addition, an Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its
assignment.

         Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the
Fund's investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors.
The Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management. At its expense, the Advisor provides office
space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for servicing
the investments of the Fund. The Advisor places all orders for the purchase and
sale of the Fund's portfolio securities at the Fund's expense.

         Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor as set forth above or by the
Distributor as described below with respect to the distribution of the Fund's
shares, a Fund is responsible for all its other expenses, including, without
limitation, interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar
expenses; expenses of issue, sale, repurchase, or redemption of shares; expenses
of registering or qualifying shares for sale; expenses for printing and
distribution costs of Prospectuses and quarterly financial statements mailed to
existing shareholders; and charges of custodians, transfer agents (including the
printing and mailing of reports and notices to shareholders), registrars,
auditing and legal services, clerical services related to recordkeeping and
shareholder relations, printing stock certificates; and fees for directors who
are not "interested persons" of the Advisor.
    



                                      -14-
<PAGE>   46
   
         As compensation for its services, the Fund pays to the Advisor a
monthly management fee at the annual rate of .50% of the Fund's average daily
net assets. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive all or a
portion of its management fee for a Fund.

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning
management fees for the Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996, the
ten-month fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, and for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Management Fee
                           Incurred          Management Fee    Management Fee
                            by Fund              Waiver         Paid by Fund
                            -------              ------         ------------
Money Fund
- ----------
<S>           <C>          <C>                <C>                 <C>        
              1993         $1,771,980         $1,118,603          $  653,377
              1994         $2,159,922         $1,108,463          $1,051,459
              1995*        $7,241,685         $6,653,346          $  588,339
              1996         $9,951,778         $2,566,311          $7,385,467
</TABLE>
    



- ----------
* For the ten-month fiscal year ended October 31, 1995.

   
         The Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse the Fund in
the event that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year,
including the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage
commissions, and similar fees and to the extent permitted extraordinary
expenses, exceed two percent (2%) of the average net asset value of the Fund for
such year, as determined by valuations made as of the close of each business day
of the year. Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable limitation
will be made on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by reduction of the
Advisor's fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month, for the remainder of
the Fund's fiscal year. The Advisor may from time to time voluntarily absorb
expenses for the Fund in addition to the reimbursement of expenses in excess of
application limitations.

         On July 12, 1994, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC")
filed an administrative action (the "Order") against the Advisor, Mr. Strong,
and another employee of the Advisor in connection with conduct that occurred
between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson Capital Management, Inc.,
et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding was settled by consent
without admitting or denying the allegations in the Order. The Order found that
the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted violations of Section 17(a) of the
1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual funds, and between mutual funds and
Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"), without complying with the exemptive
provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise obtaining an exemption. It further
found that the Advisor violated, and Mr. Strong aided and abetted violations of,
the disclosure provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of
1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's policy on personal trading and by failing
to disclose trading by Harbour, an entity in which principals of the Advisor
owned between 18 and 25 percent of the voting stock. As part of the settlement,
the respondents agreed to a censure and a cease and desist order and the Advisor
agreed to various undertakings, including adoption of certain procedures and a
limitation for six months on accepting certain types of new advisory clients.

         On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor (the "DOL") filed an action
against the Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross trades
that occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension accounts
managed by the Advisor. Contemporaneous with this filing, the Advisor, without
admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the entry of a consent
judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations. Reich v. Strong
Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) (the "Consent Judgment"). Under the
terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to reimburse the affected
accounts a total of $5.9 million. The settlement did not have any material
impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.

         The Fund and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics (the "Code")
which governs the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the
Advisor. Access Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and
the investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the Funds, as well as
certain employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it. The Code is 
    




                                      -15-
<PAGE>   47

   
based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a fiduciary duty to place
the interests of the Fund and the Advisor's other clients ahead of their own.

         The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are
independent directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor,
including the Funds) to, among other things, preclear their securities
transactions (with limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual
funds, direct obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on
broad-based securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through
the Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Funds), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities. In addition, no Access Person may
purchase or sell any security which, is contemporaneously being purchased or
sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for purchase
or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account managed by
it. Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of seven calendar
days during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers may not trade
in securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual fund or other
account managed by the portfolio manager.

         From time to time the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Fund
according to its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting
Policy"). The general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any
beneficial interest in an equity security prudently and solely in the best
long-term economic interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all
relevant factors and without undue influence from individuals or groups who may
have an economic interest in the outcome of a proxy vote. Shareholders may
obtain a copy of the Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.

         The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients
and may give advice and take action, with respect to any client, that may differ
from the advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to
any one account. However, the Advisor will allocate over a period of time, to
the extent practical, investment opportunities to each account on a fair and
equitable basis relative to other similarly-situated client accounts. The
Advisor, its principals and associates (to the extent not prohibited by the
Code), and other clients of the Advisor may have, acquire, increase, decrease,
or dispose of securities or interests therein at or about the same time that the
Advisor is purchasing or selling securities or interests therein for an account
that are or may be deemed to be inconsistent with the actions taken by such
persons.

         Under a Distribution Agreement dated December 1, 1993 with the Fund
(the "Distribution Agreement"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("Distributor"),
a subsidiary of the Advisor, acts as underwriter of the Fund's shares. The
Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor will use its best efforts
to distribute the Fund's shares. Since the Fund is a "no-load" fund, no sales
commissions are charged on the purchase of Fund shares. The Distribution
Agreement further provides that the Distributor will bear the additional costs
of printing Prospectuses and shareholder reports which are used for selling
purposes, as well as advertising and any other costs attributable to the
distribution of the Fund's shares. The Distributor is an indirect subsidiary of
the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Richard S. Strong. Prior to
December 1, 1993, the Advisor acted as underwriter for the Fund. On December 1,
1993, the Distributor succeeded to the broker-dealer registration of the Advisor
and, in connection therewith, the Distribution Agreement for the Fund was
executed on substantially identical terms as the former distribution agreement
with the Advisor as distributor. The Distribution Agreement is subject to the
same termination and renewal provisions as are described above with respect to
the Advisory Agreement.

         From time to time, the Distributor may hold in-house sales incentive
programs for its associated persons under which these persons may receive
non-cash compensation awards in connection with the sale and distribution of the
Fund's shares. These awards may include items such as, but not limited to,
gifts, merchandise, gift certificates, and payment of travel expenses, meals and
lodging. As required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or
NASD's proposed rule amendments in this area, any in-house sales incentive
program will be multi-product oriented, i.e., any incentive will be based on an
associated person's gross production of all securities within a product type and
will not be based on the sales of shares of any specifically designated mutual
fund.
    

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE



                                      -16-
<PAGE>   48
   
         The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for
the Fund and for the placement of the Fund's portfolio business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions. It is the policy
of the Advisor to seek the best execution at the best security price available
with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of brokerage
and research services provided to the Advisor or the Fund. In over-the-counter
transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal market maker unless it
is believed that a better price and execution can be obtained using a broker.
The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to the mix
between purchase or sale price and commissions, if any. In selecting
broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor considers a variety
of factors, including best price and execution, the full range of brokerage
services provided by the broker, as well as its capital strength and stability,
and the quality of the research and research services provided by the broker.
Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of any shares of the Strong
Funds.
    

         The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the
Advisor to seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security
for the Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory
clients (collectively, the "client accounts"). The Advisor will bunch orders
when it deems it to be appropriate and in the best interests of the client
accounts. When a bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating
client account will participate at the average share price for the bunched order
on the same business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based
on each client's participation in the bunched order. When a bunched order is
only partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.

         Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)")
permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account
to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of
the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for
effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and
research services provided by the broker or dealer. Brokerage and research
services include (a) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the
advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the
availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (b)
furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities,
economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of
accounts; and (c) effecting securities transactions and performing functions
incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody).

   
         In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor
may cause the Fund to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research
services to the Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in
excess of the amount another broker would have charged for effecting the
transaction. The Advisor believes it is important to its investment
decision-making process to have access to independent research. The Advisory
Agreement provides that such higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund
unless (a) the Advisor determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in
relation to the services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of
the Advisor's overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which
it exercises investment discretion; (b) such payment is made in compliance with
the provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and
the Advisory Agreement; and (c) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fees paid by the Fund
under the Advisory Agreement is not reduced as a result of the Advisor's receipt
of research services.
    

         Generally, research services provided by brokers may include
information on the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual
companies, statistical information, accounting and tax law interpretations,
political developments, legal developments affecting portfolio securities,
technical market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk
measurement analysis, performance analysis, and analysis of corporate
responsibility issues. Such research services are received primarily in the form
of written reports, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with security
analysts. In addition, such research services may be provided in the form of
access to various computer-generated data, computer hardware and software, and
meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists,
academicians, and government representatives. In some cases, research services
are generated by third parties but are provided to the Advisor by or through
brokers. Such brokers may pay for all or a portion of computer hardware and
software costs relating to the pricing of securities.

         Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and
research and brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes
a good faith allocation between the administrative benefits and the research and
brokerage 




                                      -17-
<PAGE>   49

   
services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash. In making good
faith allocations of costs between administrative benefits and research and
brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of the Advisor's
allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between those that
primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the Fund and
other advisory clients.

         From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities
for the Fund in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a
member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to
the Fund and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
National Association of Securities Dealers has adopted rules expressly
permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally,
the seller will provide research "credits" in these situations at a rate that is
higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions.
These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

         Each year, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Fund and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.
    

         The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that their brokerage and
research services were satisfactory to the Advisor and their execution
capabilities were compatible with the Advisor's policy of seeking best execution
at the best security price available, as discussed above. In no case will the
Advisor make binding commitments as to the level of brokerage commissions it
will allocate to a broker, nor will it commit to pay cash if any informal
targets are not met. The Advisor anticipates it will continue to enter into such
brokerage arrangements.

   
         The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Fund
and other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public offerings
directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions with an
issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant, securities
purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after acquisition in the
immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take advantage of price
appreciation from the public offering price or for other reasons. Short-term
trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or otherwise, may result in
higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage expenses.

         The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor. Research services furnished
by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions may be used
by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such services may be
used by the Advisor in connection with the Fund. In the opinion of the Advisor,
it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services to
each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by the Advisor. Because the
volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the
amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker paid by each
account for brokerage and research services will vary. However, in the opinion
of the Advisor, such costs to the Fund will not be disproportionate to the
benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis.

         The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Fund and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In making
such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main factors
considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the relative
size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending the
investment.
    

         Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities. The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures (the
"procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.



                                      -18-
<PAGE>   50
         The procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a
portfolio manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team will
consider all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature, size,
and expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of the
account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number of other deals the client has participated in during the
past year.

         Where more than one of the Advisor portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors. The primary factor shall be assets under management, although
other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision include, but are
not limited to, the nature, size, and expected Advisor allocation of the deal;
the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the respective
participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager team is
primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal. Based on
the relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation percentages
for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed on a regular
basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it appropriate to
use different general allocation percentages for reduced allocations.

         When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal
securities, the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation
among client accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth in
the team's initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except where
this would result in a de minimis allocation to any client account. On a regular
basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure that they
have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not unfairly
discriminate in favor of certain clients or types of clients.

   
         The Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions during the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1996, the ten-month fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, and
for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993.

         As of October 31, 1996, the Fund had acquired securities of its regular
brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) or their
parents in the following amounts:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Regular Broker or Dealer or Parent Issuer     Fund/Value of Securities Owned as of October 31, 1996
    -----------------------------------------     -----------------------------------------------------
    <S>                                                              <C>
    Salomon Brothers, Inc.                                           $89,025,000
    CS First Boston                                                  $25,000,000
</TABLE>
    

                                    CUSTODIAN

   
         As custodian of the Fund assets, Firstar Trust Company, P.O. Box 701,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the Fund,
delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
duties, all as directed by the officers of the Fund. The Fund's custodian has
entered into a sub-custodial arrangement with First National Bank of Chicago
("First Chicago") pursuant to which First Chicago may retain custody of the
Fund's dollar-denominated foreign securities. The custodian and, if applicable,
the sub-custodian are in no way responsible for any of the investment policies
or decisions of the Fund.
    

                  TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT

   
         The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for
the Fund. The Advisor is compensated based on an annual fee per open account of
$32.50 for the Fund, plus out-of-pocket expenses, such as postage and printing
expenses in connection with shareholder communications. The Advisor also
receives an annual fee per closed account of $4.20 from the Fund. The fees
received and the services provided as transfer agent and dividend disbursing
agent are in addition to those received and provided by the Advisor under the
Advisory Agreement. In addition, the Advisor provides certain printing and
mailing services for the Fund, such as printing and mailing of shareholder
account statements, checks, and tax forms.
    



                                      -19-
<PAGE>   51
   
         The following table sets forth certain information concerning amounts
paid by the Fund for transfer agency and dividend disbursing and printing and
mailing services for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1996, the ten-month
fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, and for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1994 and December 31, 1993:
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Transfer Agency and Dividend Disbursement
                                                 Services Charges Incurred
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Per                          Printing and          Amounts       Net Amount
                       Account         Out-of-Pocket     Mailing          Absorbed By       Paid By
                      Charges           Expenses       Services            Advisor           Fund
   Fund               -------           --------       --------            -------           ----
Money Fund
- ----------
         <S>         <C>                <C>               <C>              <C>             <C>       
         1993        $1,257,905         $  486,852        $ 50,097         $        0      $1,794,854
         1994        $1,073,113         $  355,873        $ 31,377         $      187      $1,460,176
         1995*       $2,043,185         $  695,541        $ 54,137         $2,763,250      $   29,613
         1996        $3,940,389         $1,424,481        $105,757         $5,470,627      $        0
</TABLE>
    


- ----------
* For the ten-month fiscal year ended October 31, 1995.

   
         From time to time, the Fund, directly or indirectly through
arrangements with the Advisor, and/or the Advisor may pay amounts to third
parties that provide transfer agent and other administrative services relating
to the Fund to persons who beneficially own interests in the Fund, such as
participants in 401(k) plans. These services may include, among other things,
sub-accounting services, transfer agent type activities, answering inquiries
relating to the Fund, transmitting, on behalf of the Fund, proxy statements,
annual reports, updated Prospectuses, other communications regarding the Fund,
and related services as the Fund or beneficial owners may reasonably request. In
such cases, the Fund will not pay fees based on the number of beneficial owners
at a rate that is greater than the rate the Fund is currently paying the Advisor
for providing these services to Fund shareholders.
    

                                      TAXES

GENERAL

   
         As indicated under "About the Fund - Distributions and Taxes" in the
Prospectus, the Fund intends to continue to qualify annually for treatment as a
regulated investment company ("RIC") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"). This qualification does not involve government supervision
of the Fund's management practices or policies.

         In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the Code, the Fund
must distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of net investment
income, net short-term capital gain, and net gains from certain foreign currency
transactions ) ("Distribution Requirement") and must meet several additional
requirements. For the Fund these requirements include the following: (1) the
Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each taxable year from
dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from
the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies or other
income (including gains from options, futures, or forward currency contracts)
derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or these
currencies ("Income Requirement"); (2) the Fund must derive less than 30% of its
gross income each taxable year from the sale or other disposition of securities,
or options or futures (other than those on foreign currencies), or foreign
currencies (or options, futures, or forward contracts thereon) that are not
directly related to the Fund's principal business of investing in securities (or
options and futures with respect to securities) that were held for less than
three months ("30% Limitation"); (3) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's
taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented
by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs,
and other securities, with these other securities limited, in respect of any one
issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total
assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the issuer's outstanding
voting securities; and (4) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable
year, not more than 25% of the value of its total assets may be invested in
securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other
RICs) of any one issuer. From time to time the Advisor may find it necessary to
make certain types of investments for the purpose of ensuring that the Fund
continues to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the Code.
    



                                      -20-
<PAGE>   52
         If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for six months or
less, the loss will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss
to the extent of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.

   
         The Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax ("Excise
Tax") to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year
substantially all of its ordinary income for that year and capital gain net
income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus certain
other amounts.
    

FOREIGN TRANSACTIONS

   
         Interest and dividends received by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding, or other taxes imposed by foreign countries and U.S. possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities. Tax conventions between certain
countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate these foreign taxes,
however, and many foreign countries do not impose taxes on capital gains in
respect of investments by foreign investors.

         The foregoing federal tax discussion as well as the tax discussion
contained within the Prospectus under "About the Fund - Distributions and Taxes"
is intended to provide you with an overview of the impact of federal income tax
provisions on the Fund or its shareholders. These tax provisions are subject to
change by legislative or administrative action at the federal, state, or local
level, and any changes may be applied retroactively. Any such action that limits
or restricts the Fund's current ability to pass-through earnings without
taxation at the Fund level, or otherwise materially changes the Fund's tax
treatment, could adversely affect the value of a shareholder's investment in the
Fund. Because each Fund's taxes are a complex matter, you should consult your
tax adviser for more detailed information concerning the taxation of the Fund
and the federal, state, and local tax consequences to shareholders of an
investment in the Fund.
    

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   
         As set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Shareholder Manual -
Determining Your Share Price," the net asset value of the Fund will be
determined as of the close of trading on each day the New York Stock Exchange
(the "NYSE") is open for trading. The New York Stock Exchange is open for
trading Monday through Friday except New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Good
Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and
Christmas Day. Additionally, if any of the aforementioned holidays falls on a
Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for trading on the preceding Friday, and
when any such holiday falls on a Sunday, the NYSE will not be open for trading
on the succeeding Monday, unless unusual business conditions exist, such as the
ending of a monthly or yearly accounting period.

         The Fund values its securities on the amortized cost basis and seeks to
maintain its net asset value at a constant $1.00 per share. In the event a
difference of 1/2 of 1% or more were to occur between the net asset value
calculated by reference to market values and the Fund's $1.00 per share net
asset value, or if there were any other deviation which the Board of Directors
believed would result in a material dilution to shareholders or purchasers, the
Board of Directors would consider taking any one or more of the following
actions or any other action considered appropriate: selling portfolio securities
to shorten average portfolio maturity or to realize capital gains or losses,
reducing or suspending shareholder income accruals, redeeming shares in kind, or
utilizing a value per unit based upon available indications of market value.
Available indications of market value may include, among other things,
quotations or market value estimates of securities and/or values based on yield
data relating to money market securities that are published by reputable
sources.
    

                       ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE AND REDEMPTION PRIVILEGES

   
         The Fund employs reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions
communicated by telephone are genuine. The Fund may not be liable for losses due
to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures include but are not
limited to requiring a form of personal identification prior to acting on
instructions received by telephone, providing written confirmations of such
transactions to the address of record, and tape recording telephone
instructions.
    




                                      -21-
<PAGE>   53
REDEMPTION-IN-KIND

   
         The Fund has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act,
which obligates it to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one shareholder
during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the assets of
the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make cash payments
undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part in securities
or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are valued in
computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind"). Shareholders
receiving securities or other financial assets in a redemption-in-kind may
realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur any costs of sale, as
well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to make a redemption in
excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's assets during any 90-day
period and would like to avoid any possibility of being paid with securities
in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds with an unconditional
instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to the date on which the
redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar amount or number of
shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction (please call
1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time to raise the
cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby minimize the effect
of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining shareholders.
Redemption checks in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund's assets
during any 90-day period may not be honored by the Fund if the Advisor
determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable.
    

RETIREMENT PLANS

   
Individual Retirement Account (IRA): Everyone under age 70 1/2 with earned
income may contribute to a tax-deferred IRA. The Strong Funds offer a prototype
plan for you to establish your own IRA. You are allowed to contribute up to the
lesser of $2,000 or 100% of your earned income each year to your IRA (or up to
$4,000 between your IRA and your non-working spouses' IRA). Under certain
circumstances, your contribution will be deductible.

Direct Rollover IRA: To avoid the mandatory 20% federal withholding tax on
distributions, you must transfer the qualified retirement or Code section 403(b)
plan distribution directly into an IRA. The distribution must be eligible for
rollover. The amount of your Direct Rollover IRA contribution will not be
included in your taxable income for the year.

Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SEP-IRA): A SEP-IRA plan allows an employer to
make deductible contributions to separate IRA accounts established for each
eligible employee.

Salary Reduction Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SAR SEP-IRA): A SAR SEP-IRA
plan is a type of SEP-IRA plan in which an employer may allow employees to defer
part of their salaries and contribute to an IRA account. These deferrals help
lower the employees' taxable income. Please note that you may no longer open new
SAR SEP-IRA plans (since December 31, 1996). However, employers with SAR SEP-IRA
plans that were established prior to January 31, 1997 may still open accounts
for new employees.

Simplified Incentive Match Plan for Employees (SIMPLE-IRA): A SIMPLE-IRA plan is
a retirement savings plan that allows employees to contribute a percentage of
their compensation, up to $6,000, on a pre-tax basis, to a SIMPLE-IRA account.
The employer is required to make annual contributions to eligible employees'
accounts. All contributions grow tax-deferred.

Defined Contribution Plan: A defined contribution plan allows self-employed
individuals, partners, or a corporation to provide retirement benefits for
themselves and their employees. Plan types include: profit-sharing plans, money
purchase pension plans, and paired plans (a combination of a profit-sharing plan
and a money purchase plan).

401(k) Plan: A 401(k) plan is a type of profit-sharing plan that allows
employees to have part of their salary contributed on a pre-tax basis to a
retirement plan which will earn tax-deferred income. A 401(k) plan is funded by
employee contributions, employer contributions, or a combination of both.
    

403(b)(7) Plan: A tax-sheltered custodial account designed to qualify under
section 403(b)(7) of the Code is available for use by employees of certain
educational, non-profit, hospital, and charitable organizations.



                                      -22-
<PAGE>   54
                              FUND ORGANIZATION
   
         The Fund is a Wisconsin corporation (the "Corporation"). The
Corporation was incorporated on July 19, 1985 and is authorized to issue an
indefinite number of shares of common stock and series and classes of series of
shares of common stock, with a par value of .00001 per share. The Corporation is
authorized to offer separate series of shares representing interests in separate
portfolios of securities, each with differing investment objectives. The shares
in any one portfolio may, in turn, be offered in separate classes, each with
differing preferences, limitations or relative rights. However, the Articles of
Incorporation for the Corporation provides that if additional classes of shares
are issued by the Corporation, such new classes of shares may not affect the
preferences, limitations or relative rights of the Corporation's outstanding
shares. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to
allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series and class.
Classes within a series may have different expense arrangements than other
classes of the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of shares
within a series may differ. Finally, all holders of shares of the Corporation
may vote on each matter presented to shareholders for action except with respect
to any matter which affects only one or more series or class, in which case only
the shares of the affected series or class are entitled to vote. Fractional
shares have the same rights proportionately as do full shares. Shares of the
Corporation have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights. The
Corporation currently has one series of common stock outstanding. If the
Corporation issues additional series, the assets belonging to each series of
shares will be held separately by the custodian, and in effect each series will
be a separate fund.
    

   
    


                              SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
   

         The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment
companies, such as the Corporation, to operate without an annual meeting of
shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required
by the 1940 Act. The Corporation has adopted the appropriate provisions in its
Bylaws and may, at its discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any year in
which the election of directors is not required to be acted on by shareholders
under the 1940 Act.

         The Corporation's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its
shareholders with or without cause, only at a meeting called for the purpose of
removing the director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares
entitled to not less than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast
at such meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly call a special
meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal
of any director. The Secretary of the Corporation shall inform such shareholders
of the reasonable estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the
meeting, and upon payment to the Corporation of such costs, the Corporation
shall give not less than ten nor more than sixty days notice of the special
meeting.
    

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
   

         As described in the "About the Fund - Performance Information" section
of the Fund's Prospectus, the Fund's historical performance or return may be
shown in the form of "yield." In addition, the Fund's performance may be shown
in the form of "average annual total return," "total return," and "cumulative
total return," and "effective yield." From time to time, the Advisor agrees to
waive or reduce its management fee and to absorb certain operating expenses for
the Fund. Without these waivers and absorptions, the performance results for the
Fund would have been lower. All performance and returns noted herein are
historical and do not represent the future performance of the Fund.

 CURRENT YIELD

         The Fund's current yield quotation is based on a seven-day period and
is computed as follows. The first calculation is net investment income per
share, which is accrued interest on portfolio securities, plus or minus
amortized premium, less accrued expenses. This number is then divided by the
price per share (expected to remain constant at $1.00) at the beginning of the
period ("base period return"). The result is then divided by 7 and multiplied by
365 and the resulting yield figure is carried to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent. Realized capital gains or losses and unrealized appreciation or
depreciation of investments are not included in the calculation. For the
seven-day period ended October 31, 1996, the Fund's current yield 
    



                                      -23-
<PAGE>   55

   
was 5.11%. During this period, the Advisor waived management fees of .05% for
the Fund, and absorbed expenses of .34% for the Fund. Without these waivers and
absorptions, the Fund's current yield would have been 4.72%.
    

EFFECTIVE YIELD

   
         The Fund's effective yield is determined by taking the base period
return (computed as described above) and calculating the effect of assumed
compounding. The formula for the effective yield is: (base period return
+1)(365/7)-1. For the seven-day period ended October 31, 1996, the Fund's
effective yield was 5.24%. Without the waivers and absorptions noted above, the
Fund's effective yield would have been 4.83%.
    

DISTRIBUTION RATE

   
         The distribution rate is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period. The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from sources other
than dividends and interest, such as premium income from option writing and
short-term capital gains. Therefore, the Fund's distribution rate may be
substantially different than its yield. Both the Fund's yield and distribution
rate will fluctuate.
    

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

   
         The Fund's average annual total return quotation is computed in
accordance with a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC. The
average annual total return for the Fund for a specific period is found by first
taking a hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the Fund's
shares on the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable value" of
that investment at the end of the period. The redeemable value is then divided
by the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth root (N
representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted from the
result, which is then expressed as a percentage. The calculation assumes that
all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at
net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period. Average annual
total return figures for various periods are set forth in the table below.
    

TOTAL RETURN

   
         Calculation of the Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula. Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in the
Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending value" of
that investment at the end of the period. The total return percentage is then
determined by subtracting the initial investment from the ending value and
dividing the remainder by the initial investment and expressing the result as a
percentage. The calculation assumes that all income and capital gains dividends
paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment
dates during the period. Total return may also be shown as the increased dollar
value of the hypothetical investment over the period. Total return figures for
various periods are set forth in the table below.
    

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

   
         Calculation of the Fund's cumulative total return is not subject to a
standardized formula and represents the simple change in value of our investment
over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a dollar amount.
Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down into their
components of income and capital (including capital gains and changes in share
price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these factors and their
contributions to total return.

         The Fund's performance figures are based upon historical results and do
not represent future results. The Fund's shares are sold at net asset value per
share. The Fund's returns and net asset value will fluctuate and shares are
redeemable at the then current net asset value of the Fund, which may be more or
less than original cost. The yield for the Fund will fluctuate. While the Fund
seeks to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00, there is no assurance that
the Fund will be able to do so. An investment in the Fund is neither insured nor
guaranteed by the U.S. government. Factors affecting the Fund's performance
include general market conditions, operating expenses and investment management.
Any additional fees charged by a dealer or other financial services firm would
reduce the returns described in this section.
    



                                      -24-
<PAGE>   56
   
         The figures below show performance information for various periods
ended October 31, 1996. No adjustment has been made for taxes, if any, payable
on dividends. Securities prices fluctuated during these periods.
    


   
MONEY FUND
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Total      Average Annual
                                                       Return      Total Return
                                                       ------     --------------
                     Initial
                     $10,000       Ending Value      Percentage      Percentage
                   Investment    October 31, 1996     Increase        Increase
                   ----------    ----------------     --------        --------

<S>                  <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>  
Life of Fund(1)      $10,000          $19,067          90.67%           6.03%
Ten Years            $10,000          $17,808          78.08%           5.94%
Five Years           $10,000          $12,417          24.17%           4.43%
One Year             $10,000          $10,543           5.43%           5.43%
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Commenced operations on October 22, 1985.

         The Fund's total return for the three months ending January 31, 1996,
was 1.32%.
    

COMPARISONS

(1)      U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS

   
         Investors may want to compare the performance of the Fund to that of
U.S. Treasury bills, notes or bonds, which are issued by the U.S. government.
Treasury obligations are issued in selected denominations. Rates of Treasury
obligations are fixed at the time of issuance and payment of principal and
interest is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Treasury.
The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate inversely with
interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at maturity.
Generally, the values of obligations with shorter maturities will fluctuate less
than those with longer maturities.
    

(2)      CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

   
         Investors may want to compare the Fund's performance to that of
certificates of deposit offered by banks and other depositary institutions.
Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest rates and principal
is guaranteed and may be insured. Withdrawal of the deposits prior to maturity
normally will be subject to a penalty. Rates offered by banks and other
depositary institutions are subject to change at any time specified by the
issuing institution.
    

(3)      MONEY MARKET FUNDS

   
         Investors may also want to compare performance of the Fund to that of
money market funds. Money market fund yields will fluctuate and shares are not
insured, but share values usually remain stable.
    

(4)      LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT
         RANKING ORGANIZATIONS

   
         From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, the Fund's
performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in general
or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds, with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations. Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited. Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value, with
all income and capital gain dividends reinvested. Such calculations do not
include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds. The Fund will be
compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is, by fund objective and
portfolio holdings. The Fund's performance may also be compared to the average
performance of its Lipper category.
    



                                      -25-
<PAGE>   57
 (5)     MORNINGSTAR, INC.
 
   
        The Fund's performance may also be compared to the performance of other
mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc. which rates funds on the basis of historical
risk and total return. Morningstar's ratings range from five stars (highest) to
one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's assessment of the historical risk
level and total return of a fund as a weighted average for 3, 5, and 10 year
periods. Ratings are not absolute and do not represent future results.
    

(6)      INDEPENDENT SOURCES

   
         Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent sources may also be
used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including reprints of, or selections
from, editorials or articles about the Fund, especially those with similar
objectives. Sources for Fund performance information and articles about the Fund
may include publications such as Money, Forbes, Kiplinger's, Smart Money,
Morningstar, Inc., Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World Report,
The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, and a variety of investment newsletters.
    

(7)      VARIOUS BANK PRODUCTS

   
         The Fund's performance also may be compared on a before or after-tax
basis to various bank products, including the average rate of bank and thrift
institution money market deposit accounts, Super N.O.W. accounts and
certificates of deposit of various maturities as reported in the Bank Rate
Monitor, National Index of 100 leading banks, and thrift institutions as
published by the Bank Rate Monitor, Miami Beach, Florida. The rates published by
the Bank Rate Monitor National Index are averages of the personal account rates
offered on the Wednesday prior to the date of publication by 100 large banks and
thrifts in the top ten Consolidated Standard Metropolitan Statistical Areas. The
rates provided for the bank accounts assume no compounding and are for the
lowest minimum deposit required to open an account. Higher rates may be
available for larger deposits.

         With respect to money market deposit accounts and Super N.O.W.
accounts, account minimums range upward from $2,000 in each institution and
compounding methods vary. Super N.O.W. accounts generally offer unlimited check
writing while money market deposit accounts generally restrict the number of
checks that may be written. If more than one rate is offered, the lowest rate is
used. Rates are determined by the financial institution and are subject to
change at any time specified by the institution. Generally, the rates offered
for these products take market conditions and competitive product yields into
consideration when set. Bank products represent a taxable alternative income
producing product. Bank and thrift institution deposit accounts may be insured.
Shareholder accounts in the Fund are not insured. Bank passbook savings accounts
compete with money market mutual fund products with respect to certain liquidity
features but may not offer all of the features available from a money market
mutual fund, such as check writing. Bank passbook savings accounts normally
offer a fixed rate of interest while the yield of the Fund fluctuates. Bank
checking accounts normally do not pay interest but compete with money market
mutual fund products with respect to certain liquidity features (e.g., the
ability to write checks against the account). Bank certificates of deposit may
offer fixed or variable rates for a set term. (Normally, a variety of terms are
available.) Withdrawal of these deposits prior to maturity will normally be
subject to a penalty. In contrast, shares of the Fund are redeemable at the net
asset value (normally, $1.00 per share) next determined after a request is
received, without charge.
    

(8)      INDICES

   
         The Fund may compare its performance to a wide variety of indices
including the following:
    

         (a)      The Consumer Price Index
         (b)      Merrill Lynch 91 Day Treasury Bill Index
         (c)      Merrill Lynch Government/Corporate 1-3 Year Index
         (d)      IBC/Donoghue's General Purpose Money Fund Average(TM)
         (e)      IBC/Donoghue's Taxable Money Fund Average(TM)
         (f)      IBC/Donoghue's Government Money Fund Average(TM)
         (g)      Salomon Brothers 1-Month Treasury Bill Index
         (h)      Salomon Brothers 3-Month Treasury Bill Index
         (i)      Salomon Brothers 1-Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index
         (j)      Salomon Brothers 1-3 Year Treasury/Government-Sponsored/
                  Corporate Bond Index
         (k)      Salomon Brothers Broad Investment-Grade Bond Index
   
         (l)      Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index

         (m)      Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government/Corporate Bond Index
    



                                      -26-
<PAGE>   58
   
         There are differences and similarities between the investments which
the Fund may purchase and the investments measured by the indices which are
noted herein. The market prices and yields of taxable and tax-exempt bonds will
fluctuate. There are important differences among the various investments
included in the indices that should be considered in reviewing this information.
    

(9)       HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS
         From time to time, marketing materials may portray the historical
returns of various asset classes. Such presentations will typically compare the
average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S. Treasury bills, bonds, common
stocks, and small stocks. There are important differences between each of these
investments that should be considered in viewing any such comparison. The market
value of stocks will fluctuate with market conditions, and small-stock prices
generally will fluctuate more than large-stock prices. Stocks are generally more
volatile than bonds. In return for this volatility, stocks have generally
performed better than bonds or cash over time. Bond prices generally will
fluctuate inversely with interest rates and other market conditions, and the
prices of bonds with longer maturities generally will fluctuate more than those
of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest rates for bonds may be fixed at the time of
issuance, and payment of principal and interest may be guaranteed by the issuer
and, in the case of U.S. Treasury obligations, backed by the full faith and
credit of the U.S. Treasury.

(10)     STRONG FAMILY OF FUNDS
   
         The Strong Family of Funds offers a comprehensive range of conservative
to aggressive investment options. All of the members of the Strong Family and
their investment objectives are listed below. The Fund is listed in ascending
order of risk and return, as determined by the Fund's Advisor.
    




                                      -27-
<PAGE>   59


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FUND NAME                             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE
<S>                                    <C> 
Strong Money Market Fund               Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Heritage Money Fund             Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Money Market Fund     Federally tax-exempt current income, a stable share-price, and daily liquidity.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Advantage Fund        Federally tax-exempt current income with a very low degree of share-price
                                       fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Advantage Fund                  Current income with a very low degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund  Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current
                                       income with a low degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Bond Fund            Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a low 
                                       degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund     Total return by investing for a high level of income with a low degree of 
                                       share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Government Securities Fund      Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a moderate
                                       degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Municipal Bond Fund             Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current 
                                       income with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Corporate Bond Fund             Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a moderate
                                       degree of share-price fluctuation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund  Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current
                                       income.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong High-Yield Bond Fund            Total return by investing for a high level of current income and capital
                                       growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong International Bond Fund         High total return by investing for both income and capital appreciation.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Asset Allocation Fund           High total return consistent with reasonable risk over the long term.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Equity Income Fund              Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong American Utilities Fund         Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Total Return Fund               High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Growth and Income Fund          High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Schafer Value Fund              Long-term capital appreciation principally through investment in common
                                       stocks and other equity securities.  Current income is a secondary
                                       objective.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Value Fund                      Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Opportunity Fund                Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Growth Fund                     Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Common Stock Fund*              Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Mid Cap Fund                    Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Small Cap Fund                  Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Discovery Fund                  Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong International Stock Fund        Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Strong Asia Pacific Fund               Capital growth.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   
* The Fund is closed to new investors, except the Fund may continue to offer its
shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored retirement
plans.
    

         The Advisor also serves as Advisor or Subadvisor to several management
investment companies, some of which fund variable annuity separate accounts of
certain insurance companies.

   
         The Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the
Strong Family of Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum. In general, the amount
of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Funds risk/reward continuum or
the Fund's position on the continuum may be described or diagrammed in marketing
materials. The Strong Funds risk/reward continuum positions the risk and reward
    



                                      -28-
<PAGE>   60
potential of each Strong Fund relative to the other Strong Funds, but is not
intended to position any Strong Fund relative to other mutual funds or
investment products. Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship
between risk and reward as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio.

   
         Financial goals vary from person to person. You may choose one or more
of the Strong Funds to help you reach your financial goals.
    

(10)     TYING TIME FRAMES TO YOUR GOALS

         There are many issues to consider as you make your investment
decisions, including analyzing your risk tolerance, investing experience, and
asset allocations. You should start to organize your investments by learning to
link your many financial goals to specific time frames. Then you can begin to
identify the appropriate types of investments to help meet your goals. As a
general rule of thumb, the longer your time horizon, the more price fluctuation
you will be able to tolerate in pursuit of higher returns. For that reason, many
people with longer-term goals select stocks or long-term bonds, and many people
with nearer-term goals match those up with for instance, short-term bonds. The
Advisor developed the following suggested holding periods to help our investors
set realistic expectations for both the risk and reward potential of our funds.
(See table below.) Of course, time is just one element to consider when making
your investment decision.

                 STRONG FUNDS SUGGESTED MINIMUM HOLDING PERIODS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        UNDER 1 YEAR                   1 TO 2 YEARS                   4 TO 7 YEARS              5 OR MORE YEARS
        ------------                   ------------                   ------------              ---------------
<S>                            <C>                            <C>                           <C>
Money Market Fund              Advantage Fund                 Government Securities Fund    Total Return Fund
Heritage Money Fund            Municipal Advantage Fund       Municipal Bond Fund           Opportunity Fund
Municipal Money Market Fund                                   Corporate Bond Fund           Growth Fund
                                       2 TO 4 YEARS           International Bond Fund       Common Stock Fund*
                                       ------------           High-Yield Municipal Bond     Discovery Fund
                               Short-Term Bond Fund             Fund                        International Stock Fund
                               Short-Term Municipal Bond      Asset Allocation Fund         Asia Pacific Fund
                                 Fund                         American Utilities Fund       Value Fund
                               Short-Term Global Bond Fund    High-Yield Bond Fund          Small Cap Fund
                                                              Equity Income Fund            Growth and Income Fund
                                                                                            Mid Cap Fund
                                                                                            Schafer Value Fund
                                                              
</TABLE>


   
* This Fund is closed to new investors, except the Fund may continue to offer
its shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored retirement
plans.
    

ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION

(1)      DURATION

   
         Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity
of a bond or a bond fund to changes in interest rates. It measures bond price
sensitivity to interest rate changes by taking into account the time value of
cash flows generated over the bond's life. Future interest and principal
payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied
by the number of years they will be received to produce a value that is
expressed in years. Since duration can also be computed for the Fund, you can
estimate the effect of interest rates on the Fund's share price. Simply multiply
the Fund's duration by an expected change in interest rates. For example, the
price of the Fund with a duration of two years would be expected to fall
approximately two percent if market interest rates rose by one percentage point.
    



                                      -29-
<PAGE>   61
 (2)     PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS

   
         In order to present a more complete picture of the Fund's portfolio,
marketing materials may include various actual or estimated portfolio
characteristics, including but not limited to median market capitalizations,
earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios, returns on equity,
dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates, price/book ratios, top
holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality breakdowns, and
breakdowns by geographic region.
    

(3)      MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE

         Occasionally statistics may be used to specify Fund volatility or risk.
The general premise is that greater volatility connotes greater risk undertaken
in achieving performance. Measures of volatility or risk are generally used to
compare the Fund's net asset value or performance relative to a market index.
One measure of volatility is beta. Beta is the volatility of a fund relative to
the total market as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index. A beta
of more than 1.00 indicates volatility greater than the market, and a beta of
less than 1.00 indicates volatility less than the market. Another measure of
volatility or risk is standard deviation. Standard deviation is a statistical
tool that measures the degree to which a fund's performance has varied from its
average performance during a particular time period.

Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:

      Standard deviation = the square root of      the sum of (xi - xm)2
                                                   ----------------
                                                   n-1
where    THE SUM OF = "the sum of",
         x(i) = each individual return during the time period,
         x(m) = the average return over the time period, and
         n = the number of individual returns during the time period.

   
         Statistics may also be used to discuss the Fund's relative performance.
One such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared
to the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta). The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by the
fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has lost.
    

         Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.

                               GENERAL INFORMATION

BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY

         The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor,
owned by professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are
the focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.

         The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized
skills and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor
believes that active management should produce greater returns than a passively
managed index. The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight investment
professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates on their
investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's most
important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical to the
firm's long-term success.



                                      -30-
<PAGE>   62
INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT

   
         Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their
impact on the Fund may be used in advertisements and sales materials. Such
factors that may impact the Fund includes, but are not limited to, changes in
interest rates, political developments, the competitive environment, consumer
behavior, industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the
supply and demand of various financial instruments. In addition, marketing
materials may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such
factors.
    

EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING

         These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors.
They make sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles,
or would like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.

1.       Have a plan - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
         financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your
         circumstances change.

2.       Start investing as soon as possible. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
         put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce
         your potential investment risk.

3.       Diversify your portfolio. By investing in different asset classes -
         stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in
         one type of investment while including investments most likely to help
         you achieve your important goals.

4.       Invest regularly. Investing is a process, not a one-time event. By
         investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of
         short-term market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan
         before you're tempted to spend those assets on short-term needs.

5.       Maintain a long-term perspective. For most individuals, the best
         discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive,
         emotional investment decisions are all too often a source of regret -
         and principal loss.

6.       Consider stocks to help achieve major long-term goals. Over time,
         stocks have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value
         of your investments stay well ahead of inflation.

7.       Keep a comfortable amount of cash in your portfolio. To meet current
         needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account
         - not your long-term investment assets.

8.       Know what you're buying. Make sure you understand the potential risks
         and rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions...
         request information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company
         that helps you make informed investment decisions.


STRONG RETIREMENT PLAN SERVICES

         Strong Retirement Plan Services offers a full menu of high quality,
affordable retirement plan options, including traditional money purchase pension
and profit sharing plans, 401(k) plans, simplified employee pension plans,
salary reduction plans, Keoghs, and 403(b) plans. Retirement plan specialists
are available to help companies determine which type of retirement plan may be
appropriate for their particular situation.

Markets:

         The retirement plan services provided by the Advisor focus on four
distinct markets, based on the belief that a retirement plan should fit the
customer's needs, not the other way around.



                                      -31-
<PAGE>   63


1.       Small company plans. Small company plans are designed for companies
         with 1-50 plan participants. The objective is to incorporate the
         features and benefits typically reserved for large companies, such as
         sophisticated recordkeeping systems, outstanding service, and
         investment expertise, into a small company plan without administrative
         hassles or undue expense. Small company plan sponsors receive a
         comprehensive plan administration manual as well as toll-free telephone
         support.

2.       Large company plans. Large company plans are designed for companies
         with between 51 and 1,000 plan participants. Each large company plan is
         assigned a team of professionals consisting of an account manager, who
         is typically an attorney, CPA, or holds a graduate degree in business,
         a conversion specialist (if applicable), an accounting manager, a
         legal/technical manager, and an education/communications educator.

3.        Women-owned businesses.

4.        Non-profit and educational organizations (the 403(b) market).

Turnkey approach:

         The retirement plans offered by the Advisor are designed to be
streamlined and simple to administer. To this end, the Advisor has invested
heavily in the equipment, systems, and people necessary to adopt or convert a
plan, and to keep it running smoothly. The Advisor provides all aspects of the
plan, including plan design, administration, recordkeeping, and investment
management. To streamline plan design, the Advisor provides customizable
IRS-approved prototype documents. The Advisor's services also include annual
government reporting and testing as well as daily valuation of each
participant's account. This structure is intended to eliminate the confusion and
complication often associated with dealing with multiple vendors. It is also
designed to save plan sponsors time and expense.

         The Advisor strives to provide one-stop retirement savings programs
that combine the advantages of proven investment management, flexible plan
design and a wide range of investment options. The open architecture design of
the plans allow for the use of the family of mutual funds managed by the Advisor
as well as a stable asset value option. Large company plans may supplement these
options with their company stock (if publicly traded) or funds from other
well-known mutual fund families.

Education:

         Participant education and communication is key to the success of any
retirement program, and therefore is one of the most important services that the
Advisor provides. The Advisor's goal is twofold: to make sure that plan
participants fully understand their options and to educate them about the
lifelong investment process. To this end, the Advisor provides attractive,
readable print materials that are supplemented with audio and video tapes and
retirement education programs.

Service:

         The Advisor's goal is to provide a world class level of service. One
aspect of that service is an experienced, knowledgeable team that provides
ongoing support for plan sponsors, both at adoption or conversion and throughout
the life of a plan. The Advisor is committed to delivering accurate and timely
information, evidenced by straightforward, complete, and understandable reports,
participant account statements and plan summaries.

         The Advisor has designed both "high-tech" and "high-touch" systems,
providing an automated telephone system as well as personal contact.
Participants can access daily account information, conduct transactions, or have
questions answered in the way that is most comfortable for them.



                                      -32-
<PAGE>   64
STRONG FINANCIAL ADVISORS GROUP

         The Strong Financial Advisors Group is dedicated to helping financial
advisors better serve their clients. Financial advisors receive regular updates
on the mutual funds managed by the Advisor, access to portfolio managers through
special conference calls, consolidated mailings of duplicate confirmation
statements, access to the Advisor's network of regional representatives, and
other specialized services. For more information on the Strong Financial
Advisors Group, call 1-800-368-1683.

   
FOUR STEPS TO MANAGING CASH MORE EFFECTIVELY

1.  DIVIDE YOUR CASH INTO TWO GROUPS. The first step toward managing your cash
effectively is to think of it as two separate groups:

         CURRENT CASH: The portion you generally put aside for regular
         transactions - goals less than one year away and to cover routine
         expenditures.

         PORTFOLIO CASH: The portion you invest for extended periods - for goals
         between one and two years away - to cover unforeseen emergencies, or as
         a permanent, conservative position in your portfolio.

2.  CONSIDER YOUR CASH INVESTMENT OPTIONS.

         "CONVENIENCE" MONEY FUNDS. Many investors keep current cash and
portfolio cash in "convenience" money funds, which typically require low minimum
initial investments, offer an array of services (such as free check-writing),
but are relatively low-yielding. However, there are other options:

         "Higher-yielding specialized money funds" designed to offer more income
potential than "convenience" money funds. To pursue higher yields, they often
require larger initial investments and impose transaction charges. In addition,
investors in the top tax brackets can pursue higher after-tax yields by
investing in a municipal money fund.

         "Ultra-short bond funds" - investments with average effective
maturities of typically one year or less - are designed to provide higher yields
than money funds. To pursue higher yields, these funds may invest in lower
quality bonds and maintain slightly longer average effective maturities. Unlike
money funds, the share price of an ultra-short bond fund will vary.

3.  ALLOCATE YOUR CASH BASED ON HOW YOU INTEND TO USE IT.

         The key to managing your cash effectively is to allocate it according
to how you intend to use it. Certainly, it's wise to keep your current cash in a
fund that allows you to draw on it without penalty. But you can supplement that
current cash position with potentially higher-yielding short-term investments
that enable you to earn more income on your portfolio cash.

4.  CONSIDER MUNICIPAL INVESTING.

         You may be able to further enhance the return potential of your cash by
investing in a municipal fund. Because these funds invest in municipal
securities, the income they earn is exempt from federal income tax. Even if
you're taxed at a lower rate, the difference in income may be dramatic when
taxes don't take a bite out of your earnings.
    

                              PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

         Each portfolio manager works with a team of analysts, traders, and
administrative personnel. From time to time, marketing materials may discuss
various members of the team, including their education, investment experience,
and other credentials.

   
         The Advisor believes that actively managing the Fund's portfolio and
adjusting the average portfolio maturity according to the Advisor's interest
rate outlook is the best way to achieve the Fund's objectives. This policy is
based on a 
    



                                      -33-
<PAGE>   65
   
fundamental belief that economic and financial conditions create favorable and
unfavorable investment periods (or seasons) and that these different seasons
require different investment approaches.
    

The Advisor's investment philosophy includes the following basic beliefs:

- -        Successful fixed-income management begins with a top-down, fundamental
         analysis of the economy, interest rates, and the supply of and demand
         for credit.

- -        Value can be added through active management of average maturity, yield
         curve positioning, sector emphasis, and issue selection.

   
    

                                  LEGAL COUNSEL
   
         Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, acts as outside legal counsel for the Fund. 
    
                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   
         Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., 411 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin 53202, are the independent accountants for the Fund, providing audit
services and assistance and consultation with respect to the preparation of
filings with the SEC.
    
                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The Annual Report for the Fund that is attached hereto contains the
following audited financial information for the Funds:

                  (a)      Schedule of Investments in Securities.
                  (b)      Statement of Operations.
                  (c)      Statement of Assets and Liabilities.
                  (d)      Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
                  (e)      Notes to Financial Statements.
                  (f)      Financial Highlights.
   
                  (g)      Report of Independent Accountants.
    



                                      -34-
<PAGE>   66
                                    APPENDIX

                                  BOND RATINGS

                         STANDARD & POOR'S DEBT RATINGS

         A Standard & Poor's corporate or municipal debt rating is a current
assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific
obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as
guarantors, insurers, or lessees.

         The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a
security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for
a particular investor.

         The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or
obtained by S&P from other sources it considers reliable. S&P does not perform
an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited
financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a
result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other
circumstances.

         The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:

                  1.  Likelihood of default capacity and willingness of the
                      obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment
                      of principal in accordance with the terms of the
                      obligation.

                  2.  Nature of and provisions of the obligation.

                  3.  Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the
                      obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or
                      other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other
                      laws affecting creditors' rights.

INVESTMENT GRADE
         AAA Debt rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard &
Poor's. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

         AA Debt rated 'AA' has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

   
         A Debt rated 'A' has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of
changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated
categories.
    

         BBB Debt rated 'BBB' is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE
         Debt rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' is regarded as having
predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay
interest and repay principal. 'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation and
'C' the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures
to adverse conditions.

         BB Debt rated 'BB' has less near-term vulnerability to default than
other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead
to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The 'BB'
rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied 'BBB-' rating.



                                      A-1
<PAGE>   67
         B Debt rated 'B' has a greater vulnerability to default but currently
has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The 'B' rating category is also
used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
'BB' or 'BB-' rating.

         CCC Debt rated 'CCC' has a currently identifiable vulnerability to
default, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the
event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely
to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The 'CCC' rating
category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an
actual or implied 'B' or 'B-' rating.

         CC Debt rated 'CC' typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior
debt that is assigned an actual or implied 'CCC' rating.

         C Debt rated 'C' typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior
debt which is assigned an actual or implied 'CCC-' rating. The 'C' rating may be
used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt
service payments are continued.

         CI The rating 'CI' is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
being paid.

         D Debt rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even
if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grade period. The 'D' rating also will be used
upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are
jeopardized.

                         MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

         Aaa - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
as "gilt edged". Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

         Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present
which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

         A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment
attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors
giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements
may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the
future.

         Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade
obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).
Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

         Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of
interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well
safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of
position characterizes bonds in this class.

         B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or
maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
small.

         Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may
be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
principal or interest.




                                      A-2
<PAGE>   68
         Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are
speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other
marked shortcomings.

         C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
attaining any real investment standing.

                   FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. BOND RATINGS

   
         Fitch investment grade bond and preferred stock ratings provide a guide
to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular
security. The ratings represent Fitch's assessment of the issuer's ability to
meet the obligations of a specific debt or preferred issue in a timely manner.
    

         The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its
relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective
financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor,
as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer's
future financial strength and credit quality.

         Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be
provided by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise
indicated.

   
         Bonds and preferred stock carrying the same rating are of similar but
not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories do not
fully reflect small differences in the degrees of credit risk.
    

         Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any
security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the
suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature
or taxability of payments made in respect of any security.

         Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other
obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be
reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such
information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of
changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.

   
          AAA     Bonds and preferred stock considered to be investment grade
                  and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an
                  exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and/or dividends
                  and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by
                  reasonably foreseeable events.

           AA     Bonds and preferred stock considered to be investment grade
                  and of very high credit quality. The obligor's ability to pay
                  interest and/or dividends and repay principal is very strong,
                  although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'. Because
                  bonds and preferred stock rated in the 'AAA' and 'AA'
                  categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
                  future developments, short-term debt of the issuers is
                  generally rated 'F-1+'.

            A     Bonds and preferred stock considered to be investment grade
                  and of high credit quality. The obligor's ability to pay
                  interest and/or dividends and repay principal is considered to
                  be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in
                  economic conditions and circumstances than debt or preferred
                  securities with higher ratings.

          BBB     Bonds and preferred stock considered to be investment grade
                  and of satisfactory credit quality. The obligor's ability to
                  pay interest or dividends and repay principal is considered to
                  be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and
                  circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact
                  on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. The
                  likelihood that the ratings of these bonds or preferred will
                  fall below investment grade is higher than for securities with
                  higher ratings.

         Fitch speculative grade bond or preferred stock ratings provide a guide
to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular
security. The ratings ('BB' to 'C') represent Fitch's assessment of the
likelihood of timely payment 
    




                                      A-3
<PAGE>   69

   
of principal and interest or dividends in accordance with the terms of
obligation for issues not in default. For defaulted bonds or preferred stock,
the rating ('DDD' to 'D') is an assessment of the ultimate recovery value
through reorganization or liquidation.

         The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its
relationship to other obligations of the issuer or possible recovery value in
bankruptcy, the current and prospective financial condition and operating
performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and
political environment that might affect the issuer's future financial strength.

         Bonds or preferred stock that have the same rating are of similar but
not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories cannot
fully reflect the differences in the degrees of credit risk.


           BB     Bonds or preferred stock are considered speculative. The
                  obligor's ability to pay interest or dividends and repay
                  principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
                  changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be
                  identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its
                  debt service requirements.

            B     Bonds or preferred stock are considered highly speculative.
                  While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service
                  requirements or paying dividends, the probability of continued
                  timely payment of principal and interest reflects the
                  obligor's limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable
                  business and economic activity throughout the life of the
                  issue.

          CCC     Bonds or preferred stock have certain identifiable
                  characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default.
                  The ability to meet obligations requires an advantageous
                  business and economic environment.

           CC     Bonds or preferred stock are minimally protected. Default in
                  payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

            C     Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or
                  principal or suspension of preferred stock dividends is
                  imminent.

         DDD, DD,
         and D    Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments
                  or preferred stock dividends are suspended. Such securities
                  are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of
                  their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization
                  of the obligor. 'DDD' represents the highest potential for
                  recovery of these securities, and 'D' represents the lowest
                  potential for recovery.
    

                   DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

         These ratings represent a summary opinion of the issuer's long-term
fundamental quality. Rating determination is based on qualitative and
quantitative factors which may vary according to the basic economic and
financial characteristics of each industry and each issuer. Important
considerations are vulnerability to economic cycles as well as risks related to
such factors as competition, government action, regulation, technological
obsolescence, demand shifts, cost structure, and management depth and expertise.
The projected viability of the obligor at the trough of the cycle is a critical
determination.

   
         Each rating also takes into account the legal form of the security,
(e.g., first mortgage bonds, subordinated debt, preferred stock, etc.). The
extent of rating dispersion among the various classes of securities is
determined by several factors including relative weightings of the different
security classes in the capital structure, the overall credit strength of the
issuer, and the nature of covenant protection. Review of indenture restrictions
is important to the analysis of a company's operating and financial constraints.
From time to time, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. places issuers or security
classes on Rating Watch. The Rating Watch Status results from a need to notify
investors and the issuer that there are conditions present leading us to
re-evaluate the current rating(s). A listing on Rating Watch, however, does not
mean a rating change is inevitable. The Rating Watch Status can either be
resolved quickly or over a longer period of time, depending on the reasons
surrounding the placement on Rating Watch. The "up" designation means a rating
may be upgraded; the "down" designation means a rating may be downgraded, and
the uncertain designation means a rating may be raised or lowered.
    




                                      A-4
<PAGE>   70
   
         The Credit Rating Committee formally reviews all ratings once per
quarter (more frequently, if necessary). Ratings of 'BBB-' and higher fall
within the definition of investment grade securities, as defined by bank and
insurance supervisory authorities. Structured finance issues, including real
estate, asset-backed and mortgage-backed financings, use this same rating scale
with minor modification in the definitions. Thus, an investor can compare the
credit quality of investment alternatives across industries and structural
types. A "Cash Flow Rating" (as noted for specific ratings) addresses the
likelihood that aggregate principal and interest will equal or exceed the rated
amount under appropriate stress conditions.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RATING SCALE               DEFINITION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>    
AAA                        Highest credit quality. The risk factors are
                           negligible, being only slightly more than for
                           risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AA+                        High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. 
AA                         Risk is modest, but may vary slightly from time to
AA-                        time because of economic conditions.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A+                         Protection factors are average but adequate. However, 
A                          risk factors are more variable and greater in
A-                         periods of economic stress.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BBB+                       Below-average protection factors but still considered 
BBB                        sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable 
BBB-                       variability in risk during economic cycles.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BB+                        Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet 
BB                         obligations when due. Present or prospective 
BB-                        financial protection factors fluctuate according to 
                           industry conditions or company fortunes.  Overall 
                           quality may move up or down frequently within this
                           category.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B+                         Below investment grade and possessing risk that 
B                          obligations will not be met when due.  Financial 
B-                         protection factors will fluctuate widely according to
                           economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company
                           fortunes.  Potential exists for frequent changes in 
                           the rating within this category or into a higher or
                           lower rating grade.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCC                        Well below investment grade securities. Considerable
                           uncertainty exists as to timely payment of principal,
                           interest or preferred dividends. Protection factors
                           are narrow and risk can be substantial with
                           unfavorable economic/industry conditions, and/or with
                           unfavorable company developments.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DD                         Defaulted debt obligations. Issuer failed to meet
                           scheduled principal and/or interest payments.
DP                         Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



                                      A-5
<PAGE>   71
   
                           IBCA LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

         AAA - Obligations for which there is the lowest expectation of
investment risk. Capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest is
substantial, such that adverse changes in business, economic or financial
conditions are unlikely to increase investment risk substantially.

         AA - Obligations for which there is a very low expectation of
investment risk. Capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest is
substantial. Adverse changes in business, economic or financial conditions may
increase investment risk, albeit not very significantly.

         A - Obligations for which there is a low expectation of investment
risk. Capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest is strong,
although adverse changes in business, economic or financial conditions may lead
to increased investment risk.

         BBB - Obligations for which there is currently a low expectation of
investment risk. Capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest is
adequate, although adverse changes in business, economic or financial conditions
are more likely to lead to increased investment risk than for obligations in
other categories.

         BB - Obligations for which there is a possibility of investment risk
developing. Capacity for timely repayment of principal and interest exists, but
is susceptible over time to adverse changes in business, economic or financial
conditions.

         B - Obligations for which investment risk exists. Timely repayment of
principal and interest is not sufficiently protected against adverse changes in
business, economic or financial conditions.

         CCC - Obligations for which there is a current perceived possibility of
default. Timely repayment of principal and interest is dependent on favorable
business, economic or financial conditions.

         CC - Obligations which are highly speculative or which have a high risk
of default.

         C - Obligations which are currently in default.

         NOTES: "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating below AAA to denote
relative status within major rating categories. Ratings of BB and below are
assigned where it is considered that speculative characteristics are present.

                    THOMSON BANKWATCH LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

         Long-Term Debt Ratings assigned by Thomson BankWatch also weigh heavily
government ownership and support. The quality of both the company's management
and franchise are of even greater importance in the Long-Term Debt Rating
decisions. Long-Term Debt Ratings look out over a cycle and are not adjusted
frequently for what we believe are short-term performance aberrations.

         Long-Term Debt Ratings can be restricted to local currency debt -
ratings will be identified by the designation LC. In addition, Long-Term Debt
Ratings may include a plus (+) or minus (-) to indicate where within the
category the issue is placed. BankWatch Long-Term Debt Ratings are based on the
following scale:

Investment Grade

         AAA (LC-AAA) - Indicates that the ability to repay principal and
interest on a timely basis is extremely high.

         AA (LC-AA) - Indicates a very strong ability to repay principal and
interest on a timely basis, with limited incremental risk compared to issues
rated in the highest category.

         A (LC-A) - Indicates the ability to repay principal and interest is
strong. Issues rated A could be more vulnerable to adverse developments (both
internal and external) than obligations with higher ratings.
    



                                      A-6
<PAGE>   72
   
         BBB (LC-BBB) - The lowest investment-grade category; indicates an
acceptable capacity to repay principal and interest. BBB issues are more
vulnerable to adverse developments (both internal and external) than obligations
with higher ratings.

Non-Investment Grade - may be speculative in the likelihood of timely repayment
of principal and interest

         BB (LC-BB) - While not investment grade, the BB rating suggests that
the likelihood of default is considerably less than for lower-rated issues.
However, there are significant uncertainties that could affect the ability to
adequately service debt obligations.

         B (LC-B) - Issues rated B show higher degree of uncertainty and
therefore greater likelihood of default than higher-rated issues. Adverse
developments could negatively affect the payment of interest and principal on a
timely basis.

         CCC (LC-CCC) - Issues rated CCC clearly have a high likelihood of
default, with little capacity to address further adverse changes in financial
circumstances.

         CC (LC-CC) - CC is applied to issues that are subordinate to other
obligations rated CCC and are afforded less protection in the event of
bankruptcy or reorganization.

         D (LC-D) - Default.
    

                               SHORT-TERM RATINGS

                   STANDARD & POOR'S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

         A Standard & Poor's commercial paper rating is a current assessment of
the likelihood of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant
market.

         Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from 'A-1' for the
highest quality obligations to 'D' for the lowest. These categories are as
follows:

         A-1 This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong
safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

         A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for
issues designated 'A-1'.

         A-3 Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

         B Issues rated 'B' are regarded as having only speculative capacity for
timely payment.

         C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with doubtful
capacity for payment.

         D Debt rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used
when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even
if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grace period.

                         STANDARD & POOR'S NOTE RATINGS

         An S&P note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market-access
risks unique to notes. Notes maturing in three years or less will likely receive
a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a
long-term debt rating.



                                      A-7
<PAGE>   73
         The following criteria will be used in making the assessment:

         -        Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative
                  to other maturities, the more likely the issue is to be
                  treated as a note.

   
         -        Source of payment - the more the issue depends on the market
                  for its refinancing, the more likely it is to be treated as a
                  note.
    

         Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:

         SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined
to possess very strong characteristics are given a plus (+) designation.

         SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some
vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the
notes.

         SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

                           MOODY'S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

         Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers
to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

         Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

   
         Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment
ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: (i)
leading market positions in well-established industries, (ii) high rates of
return on funds employed, (iii) conservative capitalization structure with
moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection, (iv) broad margins in
earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation,
and (v) well established access to a range of financial markets and assured
sources of alternate liquidity.
    

         Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally
be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to
variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more
affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

         Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable
ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry
characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in
earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection
measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate
alternate liquidity is maintained.

         Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating
categories.

   
    

                FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. SHORT-TERM RATINGS

         Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable
on demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including
commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and
investment notes.




                                      A-8
<PAGE>   74
         The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating
on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer's obligations in a
timely manner.

         F-1+     Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this
                  rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of
                  assurance for timely payment.

         F-1      Very Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating
                  reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in
                  degree than issues rated 'F-1+'.

         F-2      Good Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have a
                  satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment but the
                  margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned 'F-1+'
                  and 'F-1' ratings.

         F-3      Fair Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have
                  characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for
                  timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes
                  could cause these securities to be rated below investment
                  grade.

         F-S      Weak Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have
                  characteristics suggesting a minimal degree of assurance for
                  timely payment and are vulnerable to near-term adverse changes
                  in financial and economic conditions.

         D        Default. Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent
                  payment default.

         LOC      The symbol LOC indicates that the rating is based on a letter
                  of credit issued by a commercial bank.

                   DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS

         Duff & Phelps' short-term ratings are consistent with the rating
criteria used by money market participants. The ratings apply to all obligations
with maturities of under one year, including commercial paper, the uninsured
portion of certificates of deposit, unsecured bank loans, master notes, bankers
acceptances, irrevocable letters of credit, and current maturities of long-term
debt. Asset-backed commercial paper is also rated according to this scale.

         Emphasis is placed on liquidity which is defined as not only cash from
operations, but also access to alternative sources of funds including trade
credit, bank lines, and the capital markets. An important consideration is the
level of an obligor's reliance on short-term funds on an ongoing basis.

   
         The distinguishing feature of Duff & Phelps' short-term ratings is the
refinement of the traditional '1' category. The majority of short-term debt
issuers carry the highest rating, yet quality differences exist within that
tier. As a consequence, Duff & Phelps has incorporated gradations of '1+' (one
plus) and '1-' (one minus) to assist investors in recognizing those differences.

         From time to time, Duff & Phelps places issuers or security classes on
Rating Watch. The Rating Watch status results from a need to notify investors
and the issuer that there are conditions present leading us to re-evaluate the
current rating(s). A listing on Rating Watch, however, does not mean a rating
change is inevitable.

         The Rating Watch status can either be resolved quickly or over a longer
period of time, depending on the reasons surrounding the placement on Rating
Watch. The "up" designation means a rating may be upgraded; the "down"
designation means a rating may be downgraded, and the "uncertain" designation
means a rating may be raised or lowered.

         Rating Scale:     Definition

                           High Grade
    



                                      A-9
<PAGE>   75
         D-1+     Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-Term liquidity,
                  including internal operating factors and/or access to
                  alternative sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is
                  just below risk-free U.S. Treasury short-term obligations.

         D-1      Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
                  excellent and supported by good fundamental protection
                  factors. Risk factors are minor.

         D-1-     High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are strong
                  and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
                  factors are very small.

                  Good Grade

         D-2      Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and
                  company fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs
                  may enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital
                  markets is good. Risk factors are small.

                  Satisfactory Grade

         D-3      Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
                  issues as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and
                  subject to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is
                  expected.

                  Non-Investment Grade

         D-4      Speculative investment characteristics. Liquidity is not
                  sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.
                  Operating factors and market access may be subject to a high
                  degree of variation.

                  Default

         D-5      Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest
                  payments.

   
                   THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS
    

         The TBW Short-Term Ratings apply, unless otherwise noted, to specific
debt instruments of the rated entities with a maturity of one year or less. TBW
Short-Term Ratings are intended to assess the likelihood of an untimely or
incomplete payments of principal or interest.

         TBW-1 The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.

         TBW-2 The second highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated "TBW-1".

         TBW-3 The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.

         TBW-4 The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.

                             IBCA SHORT-TERM RATINGS

         IBCA Short-Term Ratings assess the borrowing characteristics of banks
and corporations, and the capacity for timely repayment of debt obligations. The
Short-Term Ratings relate to debt which has a maturity of less than one year.



                                      A-10
<PAGE>   76

   

         A1       Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely
                  repayment. Where issues possess a particularly strong credit
                  feature, a rating of A1+ is assigned.
    

         A2       Obligations supported by a good capacity for timely repayment.

         A3       Obligations supported by a satisfactory capacity for timely
                  repayment.

         B        Obligations for which there is an uncertainty as to the
                  capacity to ensure timely repayment.

         C        Obligations for which there is a high risk of default or which
                  are currently in default.






                                      A-11
<PAGE>   77




                                 ANNUAL REPORT

                            STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND


     Incorporated by Reference to the Registrant's Annual Report filed on Form
N-30D (File No. 2-99439), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on or about December 27, 1996 (Edgar Reference No.
0000901539-96-000009).




<PAGE>   78


                         STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.

                                     PART C
                               OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a)  Financial Statements (all included or incorporated by reference in
          Parts A & B)

          Schedule of Investments in Securities    
          Statement of Operations                  
          Statement of Assets and Liabilities      
          Statement of Changes in Net Assets       
          Notes to Financial Statements            
          Financial Highlights                     
          Report of Independent Accountants        
                                                    
     (b)  Exhibits

          (1)      Articles of Incorporation dated July 31, 1996           
          (2)      Bylaws dated October 20, 1995(2)                        
          (3)      Inapplicable                                            
          (4)      Specimen Stock Certificate(2)                           
          (5)      Investment Advisory Agreement(1)                        
          (6)      Distribution Agreement(2)                               
          (7)      Inapplicable                                            
          (8)      Custody Agreement(2)                                    
          (8.1)    Amendment to Custody Agreement dated August 26, 1996    
          (9)      Shareholder Servicing Agent Agreement(2)                
          (10)     Inapplicable                                            
          (11)     Consent of Auditor                                      
          (12)     Inapplicable                                            
          (13)     Inapplicable                                            
          (14.1)   Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan - No. 1(2)  
          (14.1.1) Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement Plan - No. 2(2)  
          (14.2)   Individual Retirement Custodial Account(2)                 
          (14.3)   Section 403(b)(7) Retirement Plan(2)                       
          (14.4)   Simplified Employee Pension Plan                           
          (15)     Inapplicable                              
          (16)     Computation of Performance Figures        
          (17)     Financial Data Schedule                   
          (18)     Inapplicable                              
          (19)     Power of Attorney dated February 25, 1997 
          (20)     Letter of Representation                  
          (21.1)   Code of Ethics for Access Persons dated October 18, 1996     
          (21.2)   Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons dated October 18, 1996 
- ---------------             
(1)  Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to
     the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about
     April 24, 1995.

(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to
     the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about
     February 27, 1996.



                                     C-1
                             
<PAGE>   79


Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

          Registrant neither controls any person nor is under common
          control with any other person.

Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Number of Record Holders
                   Title of Class             as of January 31, 1997
            ------------------------------  ------------------------
            <S>                                <C>
            Common Stock, $.0001 par value         123,343
</TABLE>

Item 27.  Indemnification

          Officers and directors are insured under a joint errors and   
omissions insurance policy underwritten by American International Group, First
State Insurance Company, Chubb Group, and Gulf Insurance Companies in the
aggregate amount of $40,000,000, subject to certain deductions.  Pursuant to the
authority of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Article VII of Registrant's
Bylaws provides as follows:

ARTICLE VII.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 

          SECTION 7.01.  Mandatory Indemnification.  The Corporation shall
indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the WBCL, as in effect from time to
time, the persons described in Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859 (or any
successor provisions) of the WBCL or other provisions of the law of the State of
Wisconsin relating to indemnification of directors and officers, as in effect
from time to time.  The indemnification afforded such persons by this section
shall not be exclusive of other rights to which they may be entitled as a matter
of law.

          SECTION 7.02.  Permissive Supplementary Benefits.  The
Corporation may, but shall not be required to, supplement the right of
indemnification under Section 7.01 by (a) the purchase of insurance on behalf of
any one or more of such persons, whether or not the Corporation would be
obligated to indemnify such person under Section 7.01; (b) individual or group
indemnification agreements with any one or more of such persons; and (c)
advances for related expenses of such a person.

          SECTION 7.03.  Amendment.  This Article VII may be amended or repealed
only by a vote of the shareholders and not by a vote of the Board of Directors.

          SECTION 7.04.  Investment Company Act.  In no event shall the
Corporation indemnify any person hereunder in contravention of any provision of
the Investment Company Act.

Item 28.  Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor

          The information contained under "About the Fund - Management" in the
Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers of the Fund" and "Investment
Advisor and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional Information is hereby
incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

          (a) Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., principal underwriter for
Registrant, also serves as principal underwriter for Strong Advantage Fund,
Inc.; Strong Asia Pacific Fund, Inc.; Strong Asset Allocation Fund, Inc.; Strong
Common Stock Fund, Inc.; Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong
Corporate Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Discovery Fund, Inc.; Strong Equity Funds,
Inc.; Strong Government Securities Fund, Inc.; Strong Heritage Reserve Series,
Inc.; Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Income Funds, Inc.;
Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.; Strong International Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong
International Stock Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong
Municipal Funds, Inc.; Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc.; Strong Schafer Value Fund,
Inc.; Strong Short-Term Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund,
Inc.; Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Special Fund II, Inc.;
Strong Total Return Fund, Inc.; and Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
                                      
                                     C-2

<PAGE>   80


          (b)  The information contained under "About the Fund - Management" in
the Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers of the Fund" and "Investment
Advisor and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional Information is hereby
incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the Securities Act of 1933.

          (c)  None

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

          All accounts, books, or other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated
thereunder are in the physical possession of Registrant's Vice President, Thomas
P. Lemke, at Registrant's corporate offices, 100 Heritage Reserve, Menomonee
Falls, Wisconsin 53051.

Item 31.  Management Services

          All management-related service contracts entered into by
Registrant are discussed in Parts A and B of this Registration Statement.

Item 32.  Undertakings

          The Registrant undertakes to furnish to each person to whom a
prospectus is delivered, upon request and without charge, a copy
of the Registrant's latest annual report to shareholders.




                                     C-3

<PAGE>   81


                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant hereby certifies that it meets
all the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 15
to the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act
of 1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, and State of Wisconsin on
the 26th day of February, 1997.

                        STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.
                                 (Registrant)



                        By:  /s/ John Dragisic
                             ------------------------
                             John Dragisic, President


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has
been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date
indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        NAME                           TITLE                         DATE
- ---------------------  --------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                    <C>                                     <C>
                       President (Principal Executive
                       Officer and  acting Principal
                       Financial and Accounting Officer) and
/s/ John Dragisic      a Director                              February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
John Dragisic

/s/ Richard S. Strong  Chairman of the Board and a Director    February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
Richard S. Strong

                       Director                                February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
Marvin E. Nevins*

                       Director                                February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
Willie D. Davis*

                       Director                                February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
William F. Vogt*

                       Director                                February 26, 1997
- ---------------------
Stanley Kritzik*
</TABLE>


* John S. Weitzer signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney filed with
  this Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Registration Statement on Form
  N-1A.




                        By:  /s/ John S. Weitzer
                             -------------------
                             John S. Weitzer
<PAGE>   82


                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       EDGAR
Exhibit No.                 Exhibit                 Exhibit No.
- -----------  -------------------------------------  ------------
<S>          <C>                                    <C>
(1)          Articles of Incorporation              EX-99.B1

(8.1)        Amendment to Custody Agreement         EX-99.B8.1

(11)         Consent of Auditor                     EX-99.B11

(14.4)       Simplified Employee Pension Plan       EX-99.B14.4

(16)         Computation of Performance Figures     EX-99.B16

(17)         Financial Data Schedule                EX-27.CLASSA

(19)         Power of Attorney                      EX-99.B19

(20)         Letter of Representation               EX-99.B20

(21.1)       Code of Ethics for Access Persons      EX-99.B21.1

(21.2)       Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons  EX-99.B21.2
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                             EXHIBIT-99.B1     



            AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                       OF STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.

     These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall supersede and
replace the heretofore existing Articles of Incorporation of Strong Money
Market Fund, Inc., as amended to date, a corporation organized under Chapter
180 of the Wisconsin Statutes:

                                   ARTICLE I

     The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the "Corporation") is:

                         Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II

     The period of existence of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

                                  ARTICLE III

     The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is, without limitation,
to act as a registered management investment company under 15 USC 80a-1 to
80a-64, as amended from time to time (the "Investment Company Act"), and for
any other purposes for which corporations may be organized under Chapter 180 of
the Wisconsin Statutes, as amended from time to time (the "WBCL").

                                   ARTICLE IV

     A. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue an indefinite number
of shares with a par value of $.00001 per share, initially consisting of a
single class designated as Common Stock. Prior to the reclassification of any
unissued shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, such Common Stock shall have
unlimited voting rights as provided by the WBCL, shall be entitled to receive
the net assets of the Corporation upon liquidation and shall be entitled to
such dividends or distributions, in shares or in cash or in both, as may be
declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
shall have the authority to redesignate the outstanding Common Stock upon the
reclassification of any unissued shares of Common Stock into different classes
and series of classes, provided the redesignation does not affect the
preferences, limitations, and relative rights of outstanding shares of Common
Stock (or such other designation for such Common Stock as is determined by the
Board of Directors pursuant to this sentence) and upon such redesignation and
reclassification, outstanding shares shall be subject to subparagraphs 1-7 of
paragraph B of this Article IV. Thereafter, the Corporation's Common Stock
shall consist of such classes and series as is designated by the Board of
Directors in accordance with paragraph B of this Article IV.

     B. The Board of Directors is authorized to classify or to reclassify (i.e.
into classes and series of classes), from time to time, any unissued shares of
the Corporation by setting, changing, or eliminating the distinguishing
designation and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights, in whole or
in part, to the fullest extent permissible under the WBCL.

     Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance
of shares, the shares of any and all classes and series shall be subject to the
following:

     1. The Board of Directors may redesignate a class or series whether or not
shares of such class or series are issued and outstanding, provided that such
redesignation does not affect the preferences, limitations, and relative
rights, in whole or in part, of such class or series.

             
<PAGE>   2


     2. The assets and liabilities and the income and expenses for each class
shall be attributable to that class. The assets and liabilities and the income
and expenses of each series within a class shall be determined separately and,
accordingly, the net asset value of shares may vary from series to series
within a class. The income or gain and the expense or liabilities of the
Corporation shall be allocated to each class or series as determined by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.

     3. Shares of each class or series shall be entitled to such dividends or
distributions, in shares or in cash or both, as may be declared from time to
time by the Board of Directors with respect to such class or series. Dividends
or distributions shall be paid on shares of a class or series only out of the
assets belonging to that class or series.

     4. Any shares redeemed by the Corporation shall be deemed to be canceled
and restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of the particular
class or series.

     5. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, the
holders of a class or series shall be entitled to receive, as a class or
series, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to
shareholders, the assets belonging to that class or series less the liabilities
allocated to that class or series. The assets so distributable to the holders
of a class or series shall be distributed among such holders in proportion to
the number of shares of that class or series held by them and recorded on the
books of the Corporation. In the event that there are any assets available for
distribution that are not attributable to any particular class or series, such
assets shall be allocated to all classes or series in proportion to the net
asset value of the respective class or series.

     6. All holders of shares shall vote as a single class and series except
with respect to any matter which affects only one or more series or class of
shares, in which case only the holders of shares of the class or series
affected shall be entitled to vote.

     7. For purposes of the Corporation's Registration Statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, including all prospectuses and Statements of
Additional Information, and other reports filed under the Investment Company
Act of 1940, references therein to "classes" of the Corporation's common stock
shall mean "series", as used in these Articles of Incorporation and the WBCL,
and references therein to "series" shall mean "classes", as used in these
Articles of Incorporation and the WBCL.

     C. The Corporation may issue fractional shares. Any fractional shares
shall carry proportionately all the rights of whole shares, including, without
limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends and
distributions.

     D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may authorize the issuance
and sale of any class or series of shares from time to time in such amount and
on such terms and conditions, for such purposes and for such amounts or kind of
consideration as the Board of Directors shall determine, subject to any limits
required by then applicable law. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed
in any way as limiting the Board of Directors authority to issue the
Corporation's shares in connection with a share dividend under the WBCL.

     E. Subject to the suspension of the right of redemption or postponement of
the date of payment or satisfaction upon redemption in accordance with the
Investment Company Act, each holder of any class or series of the Common Stock
of the Corporation, upon request and after complying with the redemption
procedures established by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors,
shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem out of legally available
funds all or any part of the Common Stock standing in the name of such holder
on the books of the Corporation at the net asset value (as determined in
accordance with the Investment Company Act) of such shares (less any applicable
redemption fee). Any such redeemed shares shall be canceled and restored to the
status of authorized but unissued shares.


                                      2
<PAGE>   3


     F. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation, at its option and
to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Investment Company Act,
to redeem any shares of Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation
owned by any shareholder under circumstances deemed appropriate by the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion from time to time, including without
limitation the failure to maintain ownership of a specified minimum number or
value of shares of Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation, at
the net asset value (as determined in accordance with the Investment Company
Act) of such shares (less any applicable redemption fee).

     G. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, upon reasonable notice
to the holders of Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation,
impose a fee for the redemption of shares, such fee to be not in excess of the
amount set forth in the Corporation's then existing Bylaws and to apply in the
case of such redemptions and under such terms and conditions as the Board of
Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to
rescind imposition of any such fee in its discretion and to reimpose the
redemption fee from time to time upon reasonable notice.

     H. No holder of the Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation
shall, as such holder, have any right to purchase or subscribe for any shares
of the Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation which it may
issue or sell other than such right, if any, as the Board of Directors, in its
sole discretion, may determine.

     I. With respect to any class or series, the Board of Directors may adopt
provisions to seek to maintain a stable net asset value per share. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors may determine that the net asset
value per share of any class or series should be maintained at a designated
constant value and may establish procedures, not inconsistent with applicable
law, to accomplish that result. Such procedures may include a requirement, in
the event of a net loss with respect to the particular class or series from
time to time, for automatic pro rata capital contributions from each
shareholder of that class or series in amounts sufficient to maintain the
designated constant share value.

                                   ARTICLE V

     The number of directors shall be fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VI

     The Corporation reserves the right to enter into, from time to time,
investment advisory agreements providing for the management and supervision of
the investments of the Corporation, the furnishing of advice to the Corporation
with respect to the desirability of investing in, purchasing or selling
securities or other assets and the furnishing of clerical and administrative
services to the Corporation. Such agreements shall contain such other terms,
provisions and conditions as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may deem
advisable and as are permitted by the Investment Company Act.

     The Corporation may, without limitation, designate distributors,
custodians, transfer agents, registrars and/or disbursing agents for the stock
and assets of the Corporation and employ and fix the powers, rights, duties,
responsibilities and compensation of each such distributor, custodian, transfer
agent, registrar and/or disbursing agent.

                                  ARTICLE VII

     If the Board of Directors redesignate the outstanding Common Stock in
accordance with paragraph A of Article IV, the Board of Directors shall
designate the corporation with a generic name that is consistent with the name
of the first series and any subsequent series.

                                      3
<PAGE>   4


                                  ARTICLE VIII

     The registered office of the Corporation is located at 100 Heritage
Reserve, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, Waukesha County, Wisconsin 53051
and the name of the registered agent at such address is Thomas P. Lemke.




This instrument was drafted by:

John S. Weitzer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051











                                      4

<PAGE>   1
                    AMENDMENT TO THE SUBCUSTODIAN AGREEMENT



     AMENDMENT entered into as of this 26th day of August, 1996 to the
Subcustodian Agreement among FIRSTAR TRUST COMPANY (the "Custodian") and the
STRONG FUNDS (the "Funds") listed in Appendix B and BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN &
CO. (the "Subcustodian") dated as of December 22, 1993 (the "Agreement").

     In consideration of the Subcustodian's offering subcustodial services to
the Custodian and the Funds in Russia, the Custodian the Funds and the
Subcustodian agree that the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:


     1.      Section 2. 1, Safekeeping, is amended by the addition of the
following phrase at the end of said Section:

     "provided, however, that the Subcustodian's responsibility for safekeeping
equity securities of Russian issuers ("Russian Equities") hereunder shall be
limited to the safekeeping of relevant share extracts from the share
registration books maintained by the entities providing share registration
services to issuers of Russian Equities (each a "Registrar") indicating an
investor's ownership of such securities (each a "Share Extract")."



     2.      Section 2.3, Registration, is amended by the addition of the
following at the end of said Section:

     "However, with respect to Russian Equities, the Subcustodian shall
instruct a Sub-Subcustodian to ensure that registration thereof shall be
reflected on the books of the issuer's Registrar, subject to the following
conditions, but shall in no event be liable for losses or costs incurred as a
result of delays or failures in the registration process, including without
limitation the inability to obtain or enforce relevant Share Extracts, unless
such delays or failures are due to the Subcustodian's or Sub-Subcustodian's
negligence, fraud, or willful default.  Such registration may be in the name of
a nominee of a Sub-Subcustodian. In the event registration is in the name of a
Fund, such Fund hereby acknowledges that only the Subcustodian or
Sub-Subcustodian may give instructions to the Registrar to transfer or engage
in other transactions involving the Russian Equities so registered.



<PAGE>   2


     A Sub-Subcustodian may from time to time enter into contracts with
Registrars with respect to the registration of Russian Equities ("Registrar
Contracts").  The Subcustodian shall provide the Funds with a list of the
Russian Equities with respect to which the Sub-Subcustodian has entered into a
Registrar Contract, and will promptly provide the Funds with updates to that
list whenever the Sub-Subcustodian enters into any new Registrar Contracts.
Such Registrar Contracts will include (i) regular share confirmations by the
Sub-Subcustodian, (ii) reregistrations within set timeframes, (iii) use of a
Sub-Subcustodian's nominee name, (iv) direct access by auditors of the
Sub-Subcustodian or its clients to share registers, and (v) specification of
the Registrar's responsibilities and liabilities.  It is hereby acknowledged
and agreed that the Subcustodian does not represent or warrant that such
Registrar Contracts are enforceable.
     If a Fund instructs the Subcustodian to settle a purchase of a Russian
Equity, the Subcustodian will instruct a Sub-Subcustodian to use reasonable
efforts to reregister the Russian Equity and obtain a Share Extract in a timely
manner.
     After completion of reregistration of a Russian Equity in respect of which
a Sub-Subcustodian has entered into a Registrar Contract, the Subcustodian
shall instruct the Sub-Subcustodian to monitor such registrar using reasonable
efforts and to promptly notify the Subcustodian upon the Sub-Subcustodian's
obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following events
("Registrar Events"): (i) a Registrar has eliminated a shareholder from the
register or has altered registration records; (ii) a Registrar has refused to
register securities in the name of a particular purchaser and the purchaser or
seller has alleged that the registrar's refusal to so register was unlawful;
(iii) a Registrar holds for its own account shares of an issuer for which it
serves as registrar; (iv) if a Registrar Contract is in effect with a
Registrar, and the Registrar notifies the Sub-Subcustodian that it will no
longer be able materially to comply with the terms of the Registrar Contract;
or the Subcustodian has actual knowledge that a registrar has engaged in
conduct that indicates it will not materially comply with the provisions. or
(v) if the Registrar has materially breached such Contract. The Subcustodian
shall promptly infonn the Fund of the occurrence of a Registrar Event provided
the Subcustodian has actual notice of the Registrar Event.
     It shall be the sole responsibility of the Custodian and each Fund to
promptly contact the Subcustodian prior to executing any transaction in a
Russian Equity to determine whether a Registrar Contract exists in respect of
an issuer not included on the list provided to the Fund.
     If a Fund instructs the Subcustodian by Proper Instruction to settle a
purchase of a Russian Equity in respect of which the Sub-Subcustodian has not
entered into a Registrar Contract, then the Subcustodian shall instruct the
Sub-Subcustodian to endeavor to settle such transaction in accordance with the
Proper Instruction and with the provisions of Section 2.4 of this Agreement,
notwithstanding the absence of any such Registrar Contract and subject to the
requirement that the Subcustodian provide and promptly update the Registrar
Contract list with the respect to Russian Equities and without the Subcustodian
being required to notify the Fund that no such Registrar Contract is then in
effect, and it being understood that neither the Subcustodian nor the
Sub-Subcustodian shall be required to follow the procedure set forth in the
second preceding paragraph."



     3.      Section 2.4, Purchases, is amended by the addition of the
following at the end of said Section:


     "Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following
provisions shall apply with respect to settlement of purchases of securities in
Russia.  Unless otherwise instructed by Proper Instructions acceptable to the
Subcustodian, the Subcustodian shall

                                       2
<PAGE>   3

     only authorize a Sub-Subcustodian to make payment for purchases of Russian
Equities upon receipt of the relevant Share Extract in respect of the Fund's
purchases.  With respect to securities other than Russian Equities, settlement
of purchases shall be made in accordance with securities processing or
settlement practices which the Subcustodian in its discretion determines to be
a market practice.  Subject to the exercise of reasonable care, the
Subcustodian shall only be responsible for securities purchased upon actual
receipt of such securities at the premises of its Sub-Subcustodian, provided
that the Subcustodian's responsibility for securities represented by Share
Extracts shall be limited to the safekeeping of the relevant Share Extract upon
actual receipt of such Share Extract at the premises of the Sub-Subcustodian."



     4.     Section 2.5, Exchanges, is amended by inserting after the word
"exchange" in the second line thereof, the following phrase:

     ", in accordance with the registration procedures described in Section
2.3, of this Agreement,"



     5.      Section 2.6 Sales of Securities, is amended by the addition of the
following at the end of said Section:

     "Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following
provisions shall apply with respect to settlement of sales of securities in
Russia.  Unless otherwise expressly instructed by Proper Instructions
acceptable to the Subcustodian, settlement of sales of securities shall be made
in accordance with securities processing or settlement practices which the
Subcustodian in its discretion determines to be a market practice.  Each Fund
hereby expressly acknowledges that such market practice might require delivery
of securities prior to receipt of payment and that the Fund bears the risk of
payment in instances where delivery of securities is made prior to receipt of
payment therefor in accordance with Proper Instructions received by the
Subcustodian or pursuant to the Subcustodian's determination in its discretion
that such delivery is in accordance with market practice.  Subject to the
exercise of reasonable care, the Subcustodian shall not be responsible for any
securities delivered from the premises of the Sub-Subcustodian from the time
they leave such premises."



     6.      Section 2.8, Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers, is replaced in its
entirety with the following:



                                       3
<PAGE>   4


     Section 2.8, Exercise of Rights Tender Offers -- Upon timely receipt of
Proper Instructions, to use reasonable efforts to take any action required by
the terms of a rights offer, tender offer, put, call, merger, consolidation,
reorganization or other corporate action affecting securities held on behalf of
a Fund.  The Subcustodian shall use reasonable efforts to act on such Proper
Instructions but will not be held liable for any losses or costs incurred as a
result of such actions or as a result of the Subcustodian's inability for
reasons beyond its control to take the actions requested by such Proper
Instructions, provided however, that the Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian was
not negligent in performing its duties under this section.  The Subcustodian
shall promptly inform the Fund whenever it is unable to take any actions
requested by Proper Instructions."



     7.      Section 2.9 Stock Dividends, Rights, Etc., is modified by the
addition of the following paragraph at the end of said Section:

     "With respect to Russian Equities, to request a Sub-Subcustodian to obtain
a Share Extract with respect to all Russian Equities issued by reason of a
stock dividend, bonus issue or other distibution resulting from a corporate
action not requiring instructions from the shareholder of the security,
provided that the Subcustodian shall not be responsible for its inability to
obtain any such Share Extract or for the failure of a Registrar or any agent
thereof to record the Fund's ownership on the issuer's records, unless such
inability is due to the negligence, fraud, or willful default of the
Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian or Agent selected by the Subcustodian or
Sub-Subcustodian"




     8. Section 3 Powers and Duties of the Subcustodian with Resi)ect to the
Appointment of Secondary, Sub-Subcustodians, is modified by the insertion of
the following at the end of the first paragraph of Section 3:

     "With respect to Russia, each Fund hereby expressly acknowledges that a
Sub- Subcustodian for Russian securities may utilize the services of
Rosvneshtorgbank (also called Vneshtorgbank RF) ("VTB") which, as of the date
of this amendment, meets the requirements of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment
Company Act of 1940.  The Custodian and each Fund acknowledge that the rights
of the Sub-Subcustodian against the VTB may consist only of a contractual
claim.  Neither the Subcustodian nor the Sub-Subeustodian shall be responsible
or liable to the Custodian or a Fund or its shareholders for the acts or
omissions of the VTB unless any loss results from the negligence, fraud or
willful default of the Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian.. In the event of a
loss of securities or cash held on behalf of a Fund through the VTB, the
Subcustodian shall not be responsible to the Custodian, a Fund or its
shareholders unless and to the extent it in fact recovers from the
Sub-Subcustodian."


                                       4
<PAGE>   5




     9. Section 6.2 Liability of the Subcustodian with Respect to Use of
Securities Systems and Foreign Depositories, is amended by the insertion of the
following at the end of said Section:
        


     "Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the
Subcustodian nor the Sub-Subcustodian shall be responsible or liable to the
Custodian a Fund or its shareholders for the acts or omissions of a Foreign
Depository in Russia, and in addition, neither the Subcustodian nor a
Sub-Subcustodian shall be responsible or liable to the Custodian, a Fund or its
shareholders for the failure of the Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian to assert
rights effectively against any such Foreign Depository unless due to the
negligence, fraud, or willful default of the Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian."



     10.     The first paragraph of Section 6.4, Standard of Care; Liability;
Inderrmification, is replaced in its entirety with the following:

     "The Subcustodian shall be held only to the exercise of reasonable care in
carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, provided that the Subcustodian
shall not thereby be required to take any action which is in contravention of
any applicable law, rule or regulation or any order or judgment of any court of
competent jurisdiction.  With respect to securities issued by Russian issuers
or settlement in Russia of securities transactions, reasonable care shall mean
reasonable practices under the circumstances as measured by prevailing
custodial practices wnong international financial institutions in Russia, and
negligence as used herein shall mean the failure to exercise reasonable care as
defined in this sentence.  The Subcustodian shall in no event be liable for
consequential or indirect losses or from loss of goodwill.
     "Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subcustodian shall have no liability
in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Custodian a Fund or
any shareholder of a Fund insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from
investment risk inherent in investing in capital markets or in holding assets
in a particular country or jurisdiction, including without limitation, (i)
political, legal, economic, settlement and custody infrastructure, and currency
and exchange rate risks; (ii) investment and repatriation restrictions; (iii) a
Fund's inability to protect and enforce any local legal rights including rights
of title and beneficial ownership; (iv) corruption and crime in the local
market; (v) unreliable information which emanates from the local market; (vi)
volatility of banking and financial systems and infrastructure; (vii)
bankruptcy and insolvency risks of any and all local banking agents,
counterparties to cash and securities transactions or registrars or transfer
agents; and (vii) risk of issuer insolvency or default.
     "It is understood that no Registrar, whether or not any such Registrar has
entered into a contract or other arrangement with a Sub-Subcustodian or Foreign
Depository, is or shall be considered or deemed to be a Foreign Depository or
an agent of the Subcustodian or any Sub-Subcustodian, aud accordingly neither
the Subcustodian nor the Sub-Subcustodian shall be responsible for or liable
to the Custodian, a Fund or to the shareholders of a Fund for the acts or
omissions of any such Registrar unless such acts or

                                       5
<PAGE>   6

     omissions result from the negligence, fraud or willful default of the
     Subcustodian or Sub-Subcustodian.  It is also agreed that each Fund shall
     be responsible for preparation and filing of tax returns, reports and other
     documents on any activities it undertakes in Russia which are to be filed
     with any relevant governmental or other authority and for the payment of
     any taxes, levies, duties or similar liability the Fund incurs in respect
     of property held or sold in Russia or of payments or distributions received
     in respect thereof in Russia.  Accordingly, the Custodian and each Fund
     hereby agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Subcustodian from any loss,
     cost or expense resulting from the imposition or assessment of any such
     tax, duty, levy or liability or any expenses related thereto."



     11.    A new Section 15., Risk Disclosure Acknowledgment, is added at the
end of the present Section 14:

     "Each Fund hereby acknowledges that it has received, has read and has
understood the Subcustodian's Risk Disclosure Statement, a copy of which is
attached hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.  Each Fund further
acknowledges that the Risk Disclosure Statement is not comprehensive, and
warrants and represents to the Subcustodian that it has undertaken its own
review of the risks associated with investment in Russia and has concluded that
such investment is appropriate for the Fund and in no way conflicts with the
Fund's constitutive documents, investment objective, duties to its shareholders
or with any regulatory requirements applicable to the Fund."



12. A new Section 16., Registrar System Reports, is added at the end of the new
section 15:



     "Credit Suisse (Moscow) Ltd., a Sub-Subcustodian will prepare for
distribution to the Board of Directors a quarterly report identifying any
concerns Credit Suisse (Moscow) Ltd. has regarding the Russian share
registration system that should be brought to the Board of Directors'
attention.  This report will include detailed information regarding the steps
Credit Suisse (Moscow) Ltd. has taken during the reporting period to ensure
that the Fund's interests continue to be appropriately recorded.  This duty to
report will commence upon Board of Director approval of investment in Russia.
The first quarterly report will be submitted to the Board of Directors after
the first full quarter of the Fund's investment in Russia.  Each report will
contain only new information from the date of the last quarterly report."



Except as amended above, all the provisions of the Agreement as heretofore in
effect shall remain in full force and effect.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date
first set forth above.


FIRSTAR TRUST COMPANY                               BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN &
CO.



/s/ Joe D. Redwine                                  /s/ Stokley P. Towles
- ---------------------------                         --------------------------
Name: Joe D. Redwine                                Name: Stokley P. Towles
Title: First Vice President                         Title: Partner




STRONG FUNDS LISTED IN APPENDIX B




/s/ John S. Weitzer
- ---------------------------
Name: John S. Weitzer
Title: Vice President




















                                       7
<PAGE>   8



                                  APPENDIX B
                       (REVISED AS OF DECEMBER 30,1996)


     Strong Total Return Fund, Inc.
     Strong Discovery Fund, Inc.
     Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc.
     Strong Advantage Fund, Inc.
     Strong Short-Term Bond Fund, Inc.
     Strong Corporate Bond Fund, Inc.
     Strong Asset Allocation Fund, Inc.
     Strong Common Stock Fund, Inc.
     Strong Special Fund II, Inc.
     Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.
     Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
     Strong Advantage Fund II
     Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
     Strong Asset Allocation Fund  II
     Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.
     Strong Discovery Fund II
     Strong Variable InsuranceFunds, Inc.
     Strong Growth Fund II
     Strong Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong Growth Fund
     Strong Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong Small Cap Fund
     Strong Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong Mid Cap Fund
     Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong American Utilities Fund
     Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong Equity Income Fund
     Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc.
     Strong Growth and Income Fund
     Strong Income Funds, Inc.
     Strong High-Yield Bond Fund
     Strong Institutional Funds, Inc.
     Strong Institutional Bond Fund


FIRSTAR TRUST COMPANY                BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO

By: /s/                              Per Pro: /s/
   -----------------------                   ---------------------


Title: Vice President

FUNDS LISTED ABOVE

By: /s/
   ----------------

Title: Vice President




                                       8


<PAGE>   1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of 
Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.                       

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 15
to the Registration Statement of Strong Money Market Fund, Inc. on Form N-1A of
our report dated December 4, 1996 on our audit of the financial statements and
financial highlights of Strong Money Market Fund, Inc., which report is
included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended October 31,
1996, which is also incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement. 
We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption "Independent
Accountants" in the Statement of Additional Information. 



                                        /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 26, 1997


<PAGE>   1
                                                        BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

UNIVERSAL SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLAN
                                                        EXHIBIT 14.4
                                                        [STRONG FUNDS LOGO]
                                                        STRONG FUNDS

  1   ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE OF PLAN

   1.01  PURPOSE The purpose of this Plan is to provide, in accordance with 
         its provisions, a Simplified Employee Pension Plan providing benefits 
         upon retirement for the individuals who are eligible to participate 
         hereunder. 

   1.02  INTENT TO QUALIFY It is the intent of the Employer that this Plan shall
         be for the exclusive benefit of its Employees and shall qualify for 
         approval under Section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, as 
         amended from time to time (for corresponding provisions of any 
         subsequent Federal law at that time in effect).  In case of any 
         ambiguity, it shall be interpreted to accomplish such result.  It is 
         further intended, that it comply with the provisions of the Employee 
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) as amended from time to
         time.

   1.03  WHO MAY ADOPT An employer who has ever maintained a defined benefit 
         plan which is now terminated may not participate in this prototype 
         Simplified Employee Pension Plan.  If, subsequent to adopting this 
         Plan, any defined benefit plan of the Employer terminates, the 
         employer will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will 
         be considered to have an individually designed plan.

   1.04  USE WITH IRA This prototype Simplified Employee Pension Plan must be
         used with an Internal Revenue Service model IRA (Form 5305 or Form 
         5305-A) or an Internal Revenue Service approved master or prototype 
         IRA.

   1.05  FOR MORE INFORMATION To obtain more information concerning the rules
         governing this Plan, contact the Prototype Sponsor listed in Section 
         5 of the Adoption Agreement.
<PAGE>   2
2    DEFINITIONS

  2.01   ADOPTION AGREEMENT Means the document executed by the Employer 
         through which it adopts the Plan and thereby agrees to be bound by 
         all terms and conditions of the Plan.

  2.02   CODE Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended.

  2.03   COMPENSATION Compensation for the purposes of the $300 limit of
         Section 408(k)(2)(C) of the Code shall be defined as Section 414(q)(7)
         Compensation.

         For all other purposes, Compensation shall mean all of a Participant's 
         wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code for the purposes of 
         income tax withholding at the source (that is, W-2 wages) but 
         determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration 
         included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or 
         the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor 
         in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

         For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan, Compensation
         will mean Earned Income.


         Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually 
         paid to the Participant during the Plan Year.

         Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by the 
         Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not
         includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections
         125,402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

         The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account under 
         the Plan for any year shall not exceed $200,000.  This limitation 
         shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the same 
         manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except the dollar 
         increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for
         years beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the
         $200,000 limitation is effected on January 1, 1990.  If a Plan
         determines Compensation on a period of time that contains fewer than
         12 calendar months, then the annual Compensation limit is an amount
         equal to the annual Compensation limit for the calendar year in which
         the compensation period begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by
         dividing the number of full months in the period by 12.

         In determining the Compensation of a Participant the rules of Section
         414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such rules, the
         term "family" shall include only the spouse of the Participant and 
         any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 
         19 before the close of the year.  If, as a result of the application 
         of such rules the adjusted $200,000 limitation is exceeded, then 
         (except for purposes of determining the portion of Compensation up to 
         the integration level if this Plan provides for permitted disparity),
         the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in 
         proportion to each such individual's Compensation as determined under
         this section prior to the application of this limitation.

         In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the Plan, 
         and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, 
         for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual 
         Compensation of each Employee taken into account under the Plan shall
         not exceed the OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit.  The OBRA '93 
         annual Compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted by the 
         Commissioner for increases in the cost of living in accordance with
         Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The
         cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any
         period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined
         (determination period) beginning in such calendar year.  If a 
         determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 
         annual Compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the 
         numerator of which is the number of months in the determination 
         period, and the denominator of which is 12.

         For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference 
         in this Plan to the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code 
         shall mean the OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit set forth in this 
         provision.


<PAGE>   3
    2.04         EARNED INCOME Means the net earnings from self-employment in
                 the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is 
                 established, for which personal services of the individual 
                 are a material income-producing factor.  Net earnings will be
                 determined without regard to items not included in gross
                 income and the deductions allocable to such items.  Net
                 earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to
                 a qualified plan or to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan
                 to the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

                 Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the
                 deduction allowed to the Employer by Section 164(f)
                 of the Code for taxable years beginning after
                 December 31, 1989.

    2.05         EFFECTIVE DATE Means the date the Plan becomes
                 effective as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.             
  

    2.06         EMPLOYEE Means any person who is a natural person
                 employed by the Employer as a common law employee
                 and if the Employer is a sole proprietorship or
                 partnership, any Self-Employed Individual who performs
                 services with respect to the trade or business of the
                 Employer.  Further, any employee of any other employer
                 required to be aggregated under Section 414(b), (c), (m),
                 or (o) of the Code and any leased employee required to be
                 treated as an employee of the Employer under Section 414(n)
                 of the Code shall also be considered an Employee.

    2.07         EMPLOYER Means any corporation, partnership or sole
                 proprietorship named in the Adoption Agreement and any
                 successor who by merger, consolidation, purchase or
                 otherwise assumes the obligations of the Plan. A partnership
                 is considered to be the Employer of each of the partners and
                 a sole proprietorship is considered to be the Employer of
                 the sole proprietor.

    2.08         EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION Means the amount contributed
                 by the Employer to this Plan.

    2.09         IRA Means the designated Individual Retirement
                 Account or Individual Retirement Annuity, which satisfies
                 the requirements of Section 408 of the Code, and which is
                 maintained by a Participant with the Prototype Sponsor
                 (unless the Prototype Sponsor allows Participants to
                 maintain their IRAs with other organizations).

    2.10         PARTICIPANT Means any Employee who has met the
                 participation requirements of Section 3.01 and who is or
                 may become eligible to receive an Employer Contribution.

    2.11         PLAN Means this plan document plus the corresponding
                 Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Employer.

    2.12         PLAN YEAR Means the calendar year or the 12 consecutive month 
                 period which coincides with the Employer's taxable year.

    2.13         PRIOR PLAN Means a plan which was amended or replaced by 
                 adoption of this plan document, as indicated in the Adoption 
                 Agreement.

    2.14         PROTOTYPE SPONSOR Means the entity specified in the
                 Adoption Agreement which sponsors this prototype Plan.

    2.15         SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL Means an individual who
                 has Earned Income for a Plan Year from the trade or business
                 for which the Plan is established; also, an individual who
                 would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade
                 or business had no net profits for the Plan Year.

    2.16         SERVICE Means the performance of duties by an Employee for
                 the Employer, for any period of time, however
                 short, for which the Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
                 When the Employer maintains the Plan of a predecessor 
                 employer, an Employee's Service will include his or her 
                 service for such predecessor employer.

    2.17         TAXABLE WAGE BASE Means the maximum amount of earnings which
                 may be considered wages for a year under Section 312(a)(1) of
                 the Code in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year. 


<PAGE>   4
3.      ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.01    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS  Except for those Employees excluded
        pursuant to Section 3.02, each Employee of the Employer who fulfills the
        eligibility requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement shall, as
        a condition for further employment, become a participant.  Each
        Participant must establish an IRA with the Prototype Sponsor to which
        Employer Contributions under this Plan will be made.

3.03    ADMITTANCE AS A PARTICIPANT

        A.  Prior Plan If this Plan is an amendment or continuation of a Prior
            Plan, each Employee of the Employer who immediately before the
            Effective Date was a participant in said Prior Plan shall be a
            Participant in this Plan as of said date. 

        B.  Notification of Eligibility The Employer shall notify each
            Employee who becomes a Participant of his or her status as a
            Participant in the Plan and of his or her duty to establish an IRA
            with the Prototype Sponsor to which Employer Contributions may be
            made. 

        C.  Establishment of an IRA If a Participant fails to establish an
            IRA for whatever reason, the Employer may execute any necessary
            documents to establish an IRA on behalf of the Participant.

3.02    EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN EMPLOYEES  If the Employer has so indicated in the
        Adoption Agreement, the following Employees shall not be eligible to
        become a participant in the Plan: (a) Those Employees included in a unit
        of Employees covered by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement,
        provided retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining;
        and (b) those Employees who are nonresident aliens, who have received no
        earned income from the Employer which constitutes earned income from
        sources within the United States.

3.04    DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION  The Employer shall determine the
        eligibility of each Employee to be a Participant.  This determination
        shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons except as otherwise
        provided herein or by law.

3.05    LIMITATION RESPECTING EMPLOYMENT  Neither the fact of the establishment
        of the Plan nor the fact that a common-law employee has become a
        Participant shall give to that common-law employee any right to
        continued employment; nor shall either fact limit the right of the
        Employer to discharge or to deal otherwise with a common-law employee
        without regard to the effect such treatment may have upon the Employee's
        rights under the Plan. 
<PAGE>   5

   4.    CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS      
    

   4.01  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

         A.  Allocation Formula Employer Contributions shall be allocated in
             accordance with the allocation formula selected in the Adoption
             Agreement.  Each Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
             requirements pursuant to Section 3.01 (thereby becoming a 
             Participant) will share in such allocation.

             If the Employer has selected the pro rata allocation formula in
             the Adoption Agreement, then Employer Contributions for each
             Plan Year shall be allocated to the IRA of each Participant in the
             same proportion as such Participant's Compensation (not in excess
             of $200,000, indexed for cost of living increases in accordance
             with Section 408(k)(8) of the Code) for the Plan Year bears to the 
             total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

             Employer Contributions made for a Plan Year on behalf of any
             Participant shall not exceed the lesser of 15% of Compensation or
             the limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A)(indexed
             for cost of living increases in accordance with Code Section
             415(d)).

         B.  Integrated Allocation Formula If the Employer has selected the
             integrated allocation formula in the Adoption Agreement, then 
             Employer Contributions for the Plan Year will be allocated to 
             Participants' IRA as follows:

             Step 1  Employer Contributions will be allocated to each
                     Participant's IRA in the ratio that each Participant's
                     total Compensation bears to all Participants' total
                     Compensation, but not in excess of 3% of each 
                     Participant's Compensation.

             Step 2  Any Employer Contributions remaining after the allocation
                     in Step 1 will be allocated to each Participant's IRA
                     in the ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
                     Plan Year in excess of the integration level bears to the
                     Compensation of all Participants' in excess of the
                     integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step 3  Any Employer Contributions remaining after the allocation
                     in Step 2 will be allocated to each Participant's IRA
                     in the ratio that the sum of each Participant's total
                     Compensation and Compensation in excess of the integration
                     level bears to the sum of all Participants' total
                     Compensation and Compensation in excess of the integration
                     level, but not in excess of the maximum disparity rate
                     described in the following table.

             Step 4  Any Employer Contributions remaining after the allocation 
                     in Step 3 will be allocated to each Participant's IRA
                     in the ratio that each Participant's total Compensation
                     for the Plan Year bears to all Participants' total
                     Compensation for that Plan Year.

                     The integration level shall be equal to the Taxable Wage
                     Base or such lesser amount elected by the Employer in the
                     Adoption Agreement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Integration Level                                     Maximum Disparity Rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                       <C>
Taxable Wage Base (TWB)                                    2.7%
More than $0 but not more than X*                          2.7%
More than X* of TWB but not more than 80% of TWB           1.3%
More than 80% of TWB but not more than TWB                 2.4%
</TABLE>

*X means the greater of $10,000 or 20% of TWB.

         C.  Timing of Employer Contribution Employer Contributions, if any, 
             made on behalf of Participants for a Plan Year shall be
             allocated and deposited to the IRA of each Participant no later
             than the due date for filing the Employer's tax return (including
             extensions).

   4.02  DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS Contributions to the Plan are
         deductible by the Employer for the taxable year with or within
         which the Plan Year of the Plan ends.  Contributions made for a
         particular taxable year and contributed by the due date of the
         Employer's income tax return, including extensions, are deemed made in
         that taxable year.

   4.03  VESTING, WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS TO CONTRIBUTIONS All Employer Contributions
         made under the Plan on behalf of Employees shall be fully
         vested and nonforfeitable at all times.  Each Employee shall have an
         unrestricted right to withdraw at any time all or a portion of the
         Employer Contributions made on his or her behalf.  However,
         withdrawals taken are subject to the same taxation and penalty
         provisions of the Code which are applicable to IRA distributions.

   4.04  SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYER REPORTS The Employer shall furnish reports,
         relating to contributions made under the Plan, in the time and
         manner and containing the information prescribed by the Secretary of
         the Treasury, to Participants.  Such reports shall be furnished at
         least annually and shall disclose the amount of the contribution made
         under the Plan to the Participant's IRA.





<PAGE>   6
5   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

        5.01  AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER  The Employer reserves the right to amend
              the elections made or not made on the Adoption Agreement by
              executing a new Adoption Agreement and delivering a copy of the
              same to the Prototype Sponsor. The Employer shall not have the
              right to amend any nonelective provision of the Adoption Agreement
              nor the right to amend provisions of this plan document. If the
              Employer adopts an amendment to the Adoption Agreement or plan
              document in violation of the preceding sentence, the Plan will be
              deemed to be an individually designed plan and may no longer
              participate in this prototype Plan.

        5.02  AMENDMENT BY PROTOTYPE SPONSOR  By adopting this Plan, the
              Employer delegates to the Prototype Sponsor the power to amend or
              replace the Adoption Agreement of the Plan to conform them to the
              provisions of any law, regulations or administrative rulings
              pertaining to Simplified Employee Pensions and to make such other
              changes to the Plan, which, in the judgement of the Prototype
              Sponsor, are necessary or appropriate. The Employer shall be
              deemed to have consented to all such amendments, provided however,
              that no changes may be made without the consent of the Employer if
              the effect would be to substantially change the costs or benefits
              under the Plan. The Prototype Sponsor shall not have the
              obligation to exercise or not to exercise the power delegated to
              it nor shall the Prototype Sponsor incur liability of any nature
              for any act done or failed to be done by the Prototype Sponsor in
              good faith in the exercise or nonexercise of the power delegated
              hereunder. The Prototype Sponsor shall notify the Employer should
              it discontinue sponsorship of the Plan.

        5.03  LIMITATIONS ON POWER TO AMEND  No amendment by either the Employer
              or the Prototype Sponsor shall reduce or otherwise adversely
              affect any benefits of a Participant or Beneficiary acquired
              prior to such amendment unless it is required to maintain
              compliance with any law, regulation or administrative ruling
              pertaining to Simplified Employee Pensions.

        5.04  TERMINATION  While the Employer expects to continue the Plan
              indefinitely, the Employer shall not be under any obligation or
              liability to continue contributions or to maintain the Plan for
              any given length of time. The Employer may terminate this Plan at
              any time by appropriate action of its managing body. This Plan
              shall terminate on the occurrence of any of the following events:

              A.  Delivery to the Prototype Sponsor of a notice of termination
                  executed by the Employer specifying the effective date of the
                  Plan's termination.

              B.  Adjudication of the Employer as bankrupt or the liquidation or
                  dissolution of the Employer.

        5.05  NOTICE OF AMENDMENT, TERMINATION  Any amendment or termination
              shall be communicated by the Employer to all appropriate parties
              as required by law. Amendments made by the Prototype Sponsor shall
              be furnished to the Employer and communicated by the Employer to
              all appropriate parties as required by law. Any filings required 
              by the Internal Revenue Service or any other regulatory body 
              relating to the amendment or termination of the Plan shall be 
              made by the Employer.

        5.06  CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER  A successor of the
              Employer may continue the Plan and be substituted in the place of
              the present Employer. The successor and present Employer (or if
              deceased, the executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed
              Individual who was the Employer) must execute a written instrument
              authorizing such substitution and the successor must complete and
              sign a new Adoption Agreement.

                
<PAGE>   7
6  SALARY DEFERRAL SEP PROVISIONS

              In addition to Sections 1 through 5, the provisions of this
              Section 6 shall apply if the Employer is an Eligible Employer and
              has adopted a salary deferral Simplified Employee Pension Plan by
              indicating in the Adoption Agreement that Retirement Savings
              Contributions are permitted.

              If the Employer has so indicated in the Adoption Agreement, the
              Employer agrees to permit Retirement Savings Contributions to be
              made which will be contributed by the Employer to the IRA
              established by or on behalf of each Contributing Participant. This
              arrangement is intended to qualify as a salary reduction
              simplified employee pension ("SARSEP") under Section 480(k)(6) of
              the Code and the regulations thereunder.

              The SARSEP portion of this Plan shall be effective upon adoption.
              No Retirement Savings Contributions may be based on Compensation
              an Employee could have received before adoption of the SARSEP and
              execution by the Employee of a Retirement Savings Agreement.

        6.100 DEFINITIONS

        6.101 COMPENSATION  Means Compensation as defined in Section 2.03 of
              the Plan and shall include any amount which is contributed by the
              Employer as a Retirement Savings Contribution pursuant to a
              Retirement Savings Agreement which is not includible in the gross
              income of the Employee under Section 402(h) of the Code.

        6.102 CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT  Means a person who has met the
              participation requirements and who has enrolled as a Contributing
              Participant pursuant to Section 6.201 and on whose behalf the
              Employer is contributing Retirement Savings Contributions.

        6.103 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER  Means an Employer which: (a) has no more than
              25 Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan (or would
              have been eligible to participate if this Plan had been
              maintained) at any time during the preceding Plan Year; (b) has no
              leased employees within the meaning of Section 414(n)(2) of the
              Code; (c) is not a state or local government or political
              subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or
              an organization exempt from tax under Subtitle A of the Code; and
              (d) does not currently maintain or has not maintained a defined
              benefit plan, even if now terminated.

        6.104 ENROLLMENT DATE  Means the first day of any Plan Year, the first
              day of the seventh month of any Plan Year and any more frequent
              dates as the Employer may designate in a uniform and
              nondiscriminatory manner.

        6.105 EXCESS CONTRIBUTION  Means the amount of each Highly Compensated
              Employee's Retirement Savings Contributions that exceeds the
              actual deferral percentage test limits described in Section
              6.303(B) of the Plan for a Plan Year. 

        6.106 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE  Means a Participant described in
              Section 414(q) of the Code who during the current or preceding
              year; (a) was a 5% owner of the Employer as defined in Section
              416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code; (b) received Compensation in excess
              of $50,000, as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d), and was in the
              top-paid group (the top 20% of Employees, by Compensation); (c)
              received Compensation in excess of $75,000, as adjusted pursuant
              to section 415(d); or (d) was an officer and received Compensation
              in excess of 50% of the dollar limit under Section 415 of the Code
              for defined benefit plans.

        6.107 KEY EMPLOYEE  Means any Employee or former Employee or
              beneficiaries of these Employees who at any time during the Plan
              Year or the four preceding Plan Years is or was: (a) an officer of
              the Employer (if the Employee's annual Compensation exceeds 50% of
              the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code); (b)
              an owner of one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer (if
              the Employee's annual Compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar
              limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code); (c) a 5% owner
              of the Employer as defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code;
              or (d) a 1% owner of Employer (if the Employee has annual
              Compensation in excess of $150,000).

        6.108 RETIREMENT SAVINGS AGREEMENT  Means an agreement, on a form
              provided by the Employer pursuant to which a Contributing
              Participant may elect to have his or her Compensation reduced and
              paid as a Retirement Savings Contribution to his or her IRA by the
              Employer.

        6.109 RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS  Means contributions made by the
              Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant pursuant to
              Section 6.301. Retirement Savings Contributions shall be deemed to
              be Employer Contributions for purposes of (a) the contribution
              limits described in Section 4.01(A) of the Plan; (b) the vesting
              and withdrawal rights described in Section 4.03 of the Plan; and
              (c) determining whether this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

        6.110 TOP-HEAVY PLAN  This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year
              if, as of the last day of the previous Plan Year (or current Plan
              Year if this is the first year of the Plan) the total of the
              Employer Contributions made on behalf of Key Employees for all the
              years this Plan has been in existence exceeds 60% of such
              contributions for all Employees. If the Employer maintains (or
              maintained within the prior five years) any other SEP or defined
              contribution plan in which a Key Employee participates (or
              participated), the contributions or account balances, whichever is
              applicable, must be aggregated with the contributions made to the
              Plan. The contributions (and account balances, if applicable) of
              an Employee who ceases to be a Key Employee or of an individual
              who has not been in the employ of the Employer for the previous
              five years shall be disregarded. The identification of Key
              Employees and the top-heavy calculation shall be determined in
              accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
              thereunder.

<PAGE>   8
        6.200 CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

        6.201 REQUIREMENTS TO ENROLL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT

              A.  Enrollment Each Employee who becomes a Participant may enroll
                  as a Contributing Participant. A Participant shall be eligible
                  to enroll as a Contributing Participant on any Enrollment
                  Date.

              B.  Initial Enrollment Notwithstanding the time set forth in
                  Section 6.201(A) as of which a Participant may enroll as a
                  Contributing Participant, the Employer shall have the
                  authority to designate, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  manner, additional Enrollment Dates during the twelve month
                  period beginning on the Effective Date in order that an
                  orderly first enrollment might be completed.

        6.202 MODIFICATION OF RETIREMENT SAVINGS AGREEMENT A Contributing
              Participant may modify his or her Retirement Savings Agreement to
              increase or decrease (within the limits placed on Retirement
              Savings Contributions in the Adoption Agreement) the amount of his
              or her Compensation deferred into his or her IRA under the Plan.
              Such modification may only be prospectively made effective as of
              an Enrollment Date, or as of any other more frequent date(s) if
              the Employer so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
              A Contributing Participant who desires to make such a modification
              shall complete, sign and file a new Retirement Savings Agreement
              with the Employer at least 30 days (or such lesser period of days
              as the Employer shall permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
              manner) before the modification is to become effective.

        6.203 WITHDRAWAL AS A CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT  A Participant may
              withdraw as a Contributing Participant as of the last date
              preceding any Enrollment Date (or as of any other date if the
              Employer so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) by
              revoking his or her authorization to the Employer to make
              Retirement Savings Contributions on his or her behalf. A
              Participant who desires to withdraw as a Contributing Participant
              shall give written notice of withdrawal to the Employer at least
              30 days (or such lesser period of days as the Employer shall
              permit in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner) before the
              effective date of withdrawal. A Participant shall cease to be a
              Contributing Participant upon his or her termination of
              employment, or on account of termination of the Plan.

        6.204 RETURN AS CONTRIBUTING PARTICIPANT AFTER WITHDRAWAL  A Participant
              who has withdrawn as a Contributing Participant under Section
              6.203 may not again become a Contributing Participant until the
              first day of the first Plan Year following the effective date of
              his or her withdrawal as Contributing Participant.

        6.300 RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS

        6.301 SALARY DEFERRAL ARRANGEMENT  The Employer shall contribute
              Retirement Savings Contributions on behalf of all Contributing
              Participants for each Plan Year that the following requirements
              are satisfied:

              A.  The Employer is an Eligible Employer; and

              B.  Not less than 50% of the Employees eligible to participate
                  elect to have Retirement Savings Contributions contributed to
                  the Plan on their behalf.

              Subject to the limits described in Section 6.303, the amount of
              Retirement Savings Contributions so contributed shall be the
              amount required by the Retirement Savings Agreements of
              Contributing Participants.

              No Retirement Savings Contribution may be based on Compensation a
              Participant received, or had a right to receive, before execution
              of a Retirement Savings Agreement by the Participant.

        6.302 FAILURE TO SATISFY 50% PARTICIPATION REQUIREMENT  If the 50%
              participation requirement described in Section 6.301(B) is not
              satisfied as of the end of any Plan Year, all the Retirement
              Savings Contributions made by Employees for the Plan Year shall be
              considered "Disallowed Deferrals," i.e., IRA contributions that
              are not SEP-IRA contributions. The Employer shall notify each
              affected Employee, within 2-1/2 months after the end of the Plan
              Year to which the Disallowed Deferrals relate, that the deferrals
              are no longer considered SEP-IRA contributions. Such notification
              shall specify the amount of the Disallowed Deferrals and the
              calendar year of the Employee in which they are includible in
              income and must provide an explanation of applicable penalties if
              the Disallowed Deferrals are not withdrawn in a timely fashion.

              The notice to each affected Employee must state specifically; (a)
              the amount of the Disallowed Deferrals; (b) that the Disallowed
              Deferrals are includible in the Employee's gross income for the
              calendar year or years in which the amounts deferred would have
              been received by the Employee in cash had he or she not made an
              election to defer and that the income allocable to such Disallowed
              Deferrals is includible in the year withdrawn from the IRA; and
              (c) that the Employee must withdraw the Disallowed Deferrals (and
              allocable income) from the SEP-IRA by April 15 following the
              calendar year of notification by the Employer. Those Disallowed
              Deferrals not withdrawn by April 15 following the year of
              notification will be subject to the IRA contribution limitations
              of Sections 219 and 408 of the Code and thus may be considered an
              excess contribution to the Employee's IRA. Disallowed Deferrals
              may be subject to the 6% tax on excess contributions under Section
              4973 of the Code. If income allocable to a Disallowed Deferral is
              not withdrawn by April 15 following the year of notification by
              the Employer, the income may be subject to the 10% tax on early
              distributions under Section 72(t) of the Code when withdrawn.

              Disallowed Deferrals are reported in the same manner as are Excess
              Contributions. 
<PAGE>   9
6.303         LIMITS ON RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS

              A.  Maximum Amount No Contributing Participant shall be permitted
                  to have Retirement Savings Contributions made under this Plan
                  during any calendar year in excess of $7,000 (as indexed
                  pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5)). The $7,000 (indexed) 
                  limit applies to the total elective deferrals the Contributing
                  Participant makes for the calendar year under this Plan and
                  under any cash or deferred arrangement described in Section
                  401(k) of the Code and any salary reduction arrangement
                  described in Section 403(b) of the Code. The limit may be
                  increased to $9,500 if the Contributing Participant makes
                  elective deferrals to a salary reduction arrangement under
                  Section 403(b) of the Code.

                  Under no circumstances may an Employee's Retirement Savings
                  Contributions in any calendar year exceed the lesser of: (1)
                  the limitation under Section 402(g) of the Code based on all
                  of the plans of the Employer; or (2) 15% of his or her
                  Compensation (less any amount contributed by the Employer as a
                  Retirement Savings Contribution). Compute the amount of this
                  15% limit by using the following formula:

                        Compensation (before subtracting Retirement Savings
                        Contributions) X 13.0435%.

                  If an Employer maintains any other SEP plan to which
                  non-elective SEP Employer Contributions are made for a Plan
                  Year, or any qualified plan to which contributions are made
                  for such Plan Year, then an Employee's Retirement Savings
                  Contribution may be limited to the extent necessary to satisfy
                  the maximum contribution limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A)
                  of the Code.

                  In addition to the dollar limitation of Section 415(c)(1)(A),
                  which is $30,000 in 1991, Employer Contributions to this Plan,
                  when aggregated with contributions to all other SEP plans and
                  qualified plans of the Employer, generally may not exceed 15%
                  of Compensation (less any amount contributed by the Employer
                  as a Retirement Savings Contribution) for any Employee. If
                  these limits are exceeded on behalf of any Employee for a
                  particular Plan Year, that Employee's Retirement Savings
                  Contributions for that year must be reduced to the extent of
                  the excess.

              B.  Actual Deferred Percentage (ADP) Test Limits Retirement
                  Savings Contributions by a Highly Compensated Employee must
                  satisfy the actual deferral percentage (hereinafter "ADP")
                  limitation under Section 408(k)(6) of the Code. Amounts in
                  excess of the ADP limitation will be deemed Excess
                  Contributions on behalf of the affected Highly Compensated
                  Employee or Employees. The ADP of any Highly Compensated
                  Employee who is eligible to be a Contributing Participant
                  shall not be more than the product obtained by multiplying the
                  average of the ADPs of all non-Highly Compensated Employees
                  who are eligible to be Contributing Participants by 1.25. For
                  purposes of this Section 6.303, an Employee's ADP is the ratio
                  (expressed as a percentage) of his or her Retirement Savings
                  Contributions for the Plan Year to his or her Compensation for
                  the Plan Year. The ADP of an Employee who is eligible to be a
                  Contributing Participant, but who does not make Retirement
                  Savings Contributions during the Plan Year is zero. The
                  determination of the ADP for any Employee is to be made in
                  accordance with Section 408(k)(6) of the Code and should
                  satisfy such other requirements as may be provided by the
                  Secretary of the Treasury.

              C.  Special Rule for Family Members For purposes of determining
                  the ADP of a Highly Compensated Employee, the Retirement
                  Savings Contributions and Compensation of the Employee will
                  also include the Retirement Savings Contribution and
                  Compensation of any family member. This special rule applies
                  only if the Highly Compensated Employee is in one of the
                  following groups: (a) a more than 5% owner of the Employer; or
                  (b) one of a group of the 10 most Highly Compensated
                  Employees.

                  The Retirement Savings Contributions and Compensation of
                  family members used in this special rule do not count in
                  computing the average of the ADPs of non-Highly Compensated
                  Employees.

                  For purposes of this special rule, a family member is an
                  individual who is related to a Highly Compensated Employee as
                  a spouse, or as a lineal ascendent or descendent or the
                  spouses of such lineal ascendents or descendents in accordance
                  with Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations
                  thereunder.

        6.304 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS  To the
              extent that a Contributing Participant's Retirement Savings
              Contributions for a calendar year exceed the limit described in
              Section 6.303(A) (i.e., the $7,000 (indexed) limit), the
              Contributing Participant must withdraw the excess Retirement
              Savings Contributions (and any income allocable to such amount) by
              April 15 following the year of the deferral.

        6.305 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS  The Employer shall notify
              each Employee, no later than 2-1/2 months following the close of
              the Plan Year of the amount, if any, of any Excess Contribution to
              that Employee's IRA for such Plan Year. If the Employer does not
              so notify Employees by such date, the Employer must pay a tax
              equal to 10% of the Excess Contributions for the Plan Year
              pursuant to Section 4979 of the Code. If the Employer fails to
              notify Employees by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan
              Year of the Excess Contributions, the SEP no longer will be
              considered to meet the requirements of Section 408(k)(6) of the
              Code. This means that the earnings on the SEP are subject to tax
              immediately, that no more Retirement Savings Contributions may be
              made under the SEP, and
<PAGE>   10
              that Retirement Savings Contributions of all Employees with
              uncorrected Excess Contributions must be included in their income
              in that year. If the SEP no longer meets the requirements of
              Section 408(k)(6), then any contribution to an Employee's IRA will
              be subject to the IRA contribution limitations of Section 219 and
              408 of the Code and thus may be considered an excess contribution
              to the Employee's IRA.

              The Employer's notification to each affected Employee of the
              Excess Contributions must specifically state in a manner
              calculated to be understood by the average Plan Participant: (a)
              the amount of the Excess Contributions attributable to that
              Employee's Retirement Savings Contributions; (b) the Plan Year for
              which the Excess Contributions were made; (c) that the Excess
              Contributions are includible in the affected Employee's gross
              income for the calendar year in which such Excess Contributions
              were made; and (d) that the Employee must withdraw the Excess
              Contributions (and allocable income) from the IRA by April 15
              following the year of notification by the Employer. Those Excess
              Contributions not withdrawn by April 15 following the year of
              notification will be subject to the IRA contribution limitations
              of Sections 219 and 408 of the Code for the preceding calendar
              year and thus may be considered an excess contribution to the
              Employee's IRA. Such excess contributions may be subject to the 6%
              tax on excess contributions under Section 4973 of the Code. If
              income allocable to an Excess Contribution is not withdrawn by
              April 15 following the year of notification by the Employer, the
              income may be subject to the 10% tax on early distributions under
              Section 72(t) of the Code when withdrawn. However, if the Excess
              Contributions (not including allocable income) total less than
              $100, then the Excess Contributions are includible in the
              Employee's gross income in the year of notification. Income
              allocable to the Excess Contributions is includible in the year of
              withdrawal from the IRA.

        6.306 DETERMINATION OF INCOME  For purposes of Sections 6.302, 6.304 and
              6.305, the income allocable to Disallowed Deferrals, excess
              Retirement Savings Contributions or Excess Contributions for a
              year shall be determined by multiplying the income earned on the
              IRA for the period which begins on the first day of such year and
              ends on the date of distribution from the IRA by a fraction, the
              numerator of which is the Disallowed Deferral, excess Retirement
              Savings Contribution or Excess Contribution for such year and the
              denominator of which is the sum of the account balance of the IRA
              as of the beginning of such year and the total contributions made
              to the IRA for such year.

        6.307 RESTRICTION ON TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS  The Employer shall
              notify each Contributing Participant that, until the earlier of
              2-1/2 months after the end of a particular Plan Year or the date
              the Employer notifies its employees that the actual deferral
              percentage limitations have been calculated, any transfer or
              distribution from the Contributing Participant's IRA of Retirement
              Savings Contributions (or income on these contributions)
              attributable to Retirement Savings Contributions made during that
              Plan Year will be includible in income for purposes of Sections
              72(t) and 408(d)(1) of the Code.

        6.308 ALLOCATION OF RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS Retirement Savings
              Contributions made on behalf of Contributing Participants for a
              Plan Year shall be allocated and deposited to the IRA of each
              Contributing Participant by the Employer as soon as is
              administratively feasible.

        6.400 SPECIAL RULES FOR TOP-HEAVY PLANS

        6.401 MINIMUM ALLOCATION  The following mandatory minimum allocation
              applies when this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan:

              Unless another plan of the Employer is designated in the space
              below to satisfy the top-heavy requirements of Section 416 of the
              Code, each year this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Employer will
              make a minimum contribution to the IRA of each Participant who is
              not a Key Employee, which, in combination with other non-elective
              contributions, if any, is equal to the lesser of 3% of such
              Participant's Compensation or a percentage of Compensation equal
              to the percentage of Compensation at which elective and non-
              elective contributions are made under the Plan for the Plan Year 
              for the Key Employee for whom such percentage is the largest.

              The top-heavy minimum will be met in the following plan:
              ________________________________________________________________
              _________________________________________________________________
              _________________________________________________________________
              
              (If applicable, name the plan other than this Plan in which the
              minimum top-heavy contribution will be made).

        6.402 RETIREMENT SAVINGS CONTRIBUTIONS CANNOT BE USED FOR MINIMUM
              ALLOCATION For purposes of satisfying the minimum allocation
              requirement of Section 416 of the Code, Retirement Savings
              Contributions contributed for the benefit of Employees who are not
              Key Employees may not be used to satisfy the minimum allocation
              requirement.


<PAGE>   1

                        Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.


                                  EXHIBIT 16


                          SCHEDULE OF COMPUTATION OF
                            PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS


I.     CURRENT YIELD: 7 days ended October 31, 1996

       A.     Formula
 
                    Current Yield = Base Period Return x (365/7)

       B.     Calculation

                    5.11% = .0009800 x (365/7)


II.    EFFECTIVE YIELD: 7 days ended October 31, 1996

       A.     Formula
                                                               (365/7)
                    Effective Yield = [(Base Period Return + 1)       ] - 1

       B.     Calculation
                                           (365/7)
                    5.24% = [(.0009800 + 1)       ] - 1







<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             NOV-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1996
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                          1950773
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                         1950773
<RECEIVABLES>                                     7739
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                      80
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1958592
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                         9330
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                               9330
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                       1949262
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                          1949262
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                          1934071
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                             0
<NET-ASSETS>                                   1949262
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                               112702
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                  (7386)
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                         105316
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                             0
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                            0
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                           105316
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                     (105316)
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                        3787630
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                              99980
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                           15191
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                             9952
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                  16657
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                           1987250
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                1
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                   0.05
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                            (0.05)
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  1
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                    0.4<F1>
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
<FN>
<F1>Expense ratio without Waivers and Absorptions is 0.8.
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
                        STRONG MONEY MARKET FUND, INC.
                                 (Registrant)

                              POWER OF ATTORNEY


        Each person whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints
John Dragisic, Thomas P. Lemke, Lawrence A. Totsky, Stephen J. Shenkenberg and
John S. Weitzer, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration
Statement on Form N-1A, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the
same, with all exhibits, and any other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory body granting
unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to
all intents and purposes, as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying
and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        
        NAME                    TITLE                           DATE
        -----                   ------                          ----
                        President of the Board (Principal
                        Officer and acting Principal 
/s/ John Dragisic       Financial Accounting Officer)
- ----------------------  and a Director                       February 25, 1997
John Dragisic      

/s/ Richard S. Strong   Chairman of the Board and a 
- ----------------------  Director                                
Richard S. Strong                                            February 25, 1997

/s/ Marvin E. Nevins
- ----------------------  Director                                
Marvin E. Nevins                                             February 25, 1997

/s/ Willie D. Davis
- ---------------------- 
Willie D. Davis         Director                             February 25, 1997

/s/ William F. Vogt
- ----------------------  Director                             February 25, 1997
William F. Vogt

/s/ Stanley Krizik      Director                             February 25, 1997
- ----------------------
Stanley Krizik

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT-99.B20



                      [GODFREY & KAHN, S.C. LETTERHEAD]
                               

                               February 25, 1997


Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

     Re: Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.

Gentlemen:

     We represent Strong Money Market Fund, Inc. (the "Company"),
in connection with its filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 (the
"Post-Effective Amendment") to the Company's Registration Statement
(Registration Nos. 2-99439; 811-4374) on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of
1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The
Post-Effective Amendment is being filed pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the
Securities Act.

     We have reviewed the Post-Effective Amendment and, in accordance with Rule
485(b)(4) under the Securities Act, hereby represent that the Post-Effective
Amendment does not contain disclosures which would render it ineligible to
become effective pursuant to Rule 485(b).

                              Very truly yours,

                              GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.

                              /s/ Scott A. Moehrke

                              Scott A. Moehrke


<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 99.B21.1

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             FOR ACCESS PERSONS OF
                       THE STRONG FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS,
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                      AND STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



                             [STRONG FUNDS LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                October 18, 1996
<PAGE>   2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               Table of Contents

I.  INTRODUCTION ..............................................................1
A.  Fiduciary Duty ............................................................1
1.  Place the interests of Advisory Clients first .............................1
2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position ....................1
3.  Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with
    this Code including both the preclearance and reporting requirements ......1
B.  Appendices to the Code ....................................................2
1.  Definitions ...............................................................2
2.  Contact Persons ...........................................................2
3.  Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities .............................2
4.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of Attorney..2
5.  Preclearance Request for Access Persons ...................................2
6.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire .......................................2
7.  List of Broad-Based Indices ...............................................2
8.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank .............................................2
9.  Gift Policy ...............................................................2
C.  Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors .....................2
D.  Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM ........................2
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS ..........................................2
A.  Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons ..................2
B.  Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons ..............................3
1.  General Requirement .......................................................3
2.  Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements ........................3
a.  Mutual Funds ..............................................................3
b.  No Knowledge ..............................................................3
c.  Certain Corporate Actions .................................................3
d.  Rights ....................................................................3
e.  Miscellaneous .............................................................3
3.  Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and Options
    on Broad-Based Indices ....................................................4
C.  Preclearance Requests .....................................................4
1.  Trade Authorization Request Forms .........................................4
2.  Review of Form ............................................................4
3.  Access Person Designees ...................................................4
D.  Prohibited Transactions ...................................................5
1.  Prohibited Securities Transactions ........................................5


                                      i
<PAGE>   3
a.  Initial Public Offerings ..................................................5
b.  Pending Buy or Sell Orders ................................................5
c.  Seven Day Blackout ........................................................5
d.  Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client ..............................5
e.  60-Day Blackout ...........................................................6
2.  Always Prohibited Securities Transactions .................................6
a.  Inside Information ........................................................6
b.  Market Manipulation .......................................................6
c.  Large Positions in Non-Strong Funds .......................................6
d.  Others ....................................................................6
3.  Private Placements ........................................................6
4.  No Explanation Required for Refusals ......................................6
E.  Execution of Personal Securities Transactions .............................7
F.  Length of Trade Authorization Approval ....................................7
G.  Trade Reporting Requirements ..............................................7
1.  Reporting Requirement .....................................................7
2.  Disclaimers ...............................................................8
3.  Quarterly Review ..........................................................8
4.  Availability of Reports ...................................................8
5.  Record Retention ..........................................................8
III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES ........................................................9
A.  Confidentiality ...........................................................9
B.  Gifts .....................................................................9
1.  Accepting Gifts ...........................................................9
2.  Solicitation of Gifts .....................................................9
3.  Giving Gifts ..............................................................9
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients ..............................................9
D.  Corporate Opportunities ...................................................9
E.  Undue Influence ...........................................................9
F.  Service as a Director ....................................................10
G.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings ..10
IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS .....................................10
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee ..........................................10
1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum ...........................................10
2.  Investigating Violations of the Code .....................................10
3.  Annual Reports ...........................................................11
B.  Remedies .................................................................11
1.  Sanctions ................................................................11
2.  Sole Authority ...........................................................11
3.  Review ...................................................................11
C.  Exceptions to the Code ...................................................12
D.  Compliance Certification .................................................12
E.  Inquiries Regarding the Code .............................................12

                                      ii



<PAGE>   4


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                              Table of Appendices


Appendix 1  (Definitions) ....................................................13
Appendix 2  (Contact Persons) ................................................16
Appendix 3  (Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities)...................17
Appendix 4  (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and
  Limited Power of Attorney) .................................................18
Appendix 5  (Preclearance Request for Access Persons) ........................19
Appendix 6  (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) ............................20
Appendix 7  (List of Broad-Based Indices) ....................................23
Appendix 8  (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) ..................................24
Appendix 9  (Gift Policy) ....................................................25
                                                


                                     iii



<PAGE>   5


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               I.   INTRODUCTION

     A. Fiduciary Duty.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that
directors, officers, and employees of Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"),
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), and the Strong Family of
Mutual Funds ("the Strong Funds") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests
of clients ahead of their own.  The Code applies to all Access Persons and
focuses principally on preclearance and reporting of personal transactions in
securities.  Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.  Access Persons must
avoid activities, interests, and relationships that might interfere with making
decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.

      As fiduciaries, Access Persons must at all times:

           1. Place the interests of Advisory Clients first.  Access Persons
      must scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the
      interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.  An Access Person may not
      induce or cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action,
      for personal benefit, rather than for the benefit of the Advisory Client.
      For example, an Access Person would violate this Code by causing an
      Advisory Client to purchase a Security he or she owned for the purpose of
      increasing the price of that Security.

           2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position.  The
      receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons
      seeking business with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, or their
      clients could call into question the exercise of an Access Person's
      independent judgment.  Access persons may not, for example, use their
      knowledge of portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of
      such transactions.

           3. Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance
      with this Code including both the preclearance and reporting
      requirements.

     Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of Advisory Clients.
Technical compliance with the Code's procedures will not automatically insulate
from scrutiny any trades that indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.


                                       1



<PAGE>   6


     B.    Appendices to the Code.  The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto and are a part of the Code, and include the following:

           1. Definitions--capitalized words as defined in the Code--(Appendix
      1),

           2. Contact Persons, including the Preclearance Officer designees,
      and the Code of Ethics Review Committee  (Appendix 2),

           3. Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities  (Appendix 3),

           4. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of
      Attorney  (Appendix 4),

           5. Preclearance Request for Access Persons  (Appendix 5),

           6. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire  (Appendix 6),

           7. List of Broad-Based Indices  (Appendix 7),

           8. Form Letter to Broker or Bank  (Appendix 8), and

           9. Gift Policy  (Appendix 9).

     C.    Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors.  This Code
applies to Independent Fund Directors, and requires Independent Fund Directors
and their Immediate Families to report Securities Transactions to the
Compliance Department in accordance with Section II.G.  However, provisions of
the Code requiring the disclosure of personal holdings (Section II.A.),
preclearance of trades (Section II.B.), prohibited transactions (II.D.1.),
private placements (Section II.D.3.), restrictions on serving as a director of
a publicly-traded company (Section III.F.), and receipt of gifts (Section
III.B.) do not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

     D.    Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM.  This Code does 
not apply to the directors, officers, and general partners of Funds for which 
SCM serves as a subadviser.


                 II.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     A.    Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons.  Upon
designation as an Access Person, and thereafter on an annual basis, all Access
Persons must disclose on the Disclosure of Personal Holdings In Securities Form
(Appendix 3) (or a substantially similar form) all Securities in which they
have a Beneficial Interest and all Securities in non-client accounts for which
they make investment decisions (previously reported holdings need not be
reported).  This provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.


                                      2



<PAGE>   7


     B.    Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons.

           1. General Requirement.  Except for the transactions set forth in
      Section II.B.2., all Securities Transactions in which an Access Person or
      a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest must be
      precleared with the Preclearance Officer or his designee.  This provision
      does not apply to transactions of Independent Fund Directors and their
      Immediate Families.

           2. Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements.  The
      following Securities Transactions are exempt from the preclearance
      requirements set forth in Section II.B.1. of this Code:

                 a. Mutual Funds.  Securities issued by any registered open-end
            investment companies (including but not limited to the Strong
            Funds);

                 b. No Knowledge.  Securities Transactions where neither SCM,
            the Access Person nor an Immediate Family member knows of the
            transaction before it is completed (for example, Securities
            Transactions effected for an Access Person by a trustee of a blind
            trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership
            or investment club in which the Access Person is neither consulted
            nor advised of the trade before it is executed);

                 c. Certain Corporate Actions.  Any acquisition of Securities
            through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits,
            reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other
            similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally
            applicable to all holders of the same class of Securities;

                 d. Rights.  Any acquisition of Securities through the exercise
            of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of
            its Securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the
            issue; and

                 e. Miscellaneous.  Any transaction in the following: (1)
            bankers acceptances, (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (3)
            commercial paper, (4) repurchase agreements, (5) Securities that
            are direct obligations of the U.S. government, (6) equity
            securities held in dividend reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), (7)
            Securities of the employer of a member of the Access Person's
            Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned through
            participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing
            plan, 401(k) plan, ESOP,  or other similar plan, and (8) other
            Securities as may from time to time be designated in writing by the
            Code of Ethics Review Committee on the grounds that the risk of
            abuse is minimal or non-existent.

            THE SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS LISTED ABOVE ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE
      REPORTING REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION II.G.

                                       3



<PAGE>   8



           3. Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and
      Options on Broad-Based Indices.  Commodities, futures (including currency
      futures and futures on securities comprising part of a broad-based,
      publicly traded market based index of stocks), options on futures,
      options on currencies, and options on certain indices designated by the
      Compliance Department as broad-based are not subject to the preclearance,
      seven day black out, 60-day profit disgorgement, and prohibited
      transaction provisions of Section II.D.I of the Code, but are subject to
      transaction reporting.  The options on indices designated by the
      Compliance Department as broad-based may be changed from time to time and
      are listed in Appendix 7.  The options on indices that are not designated
      as broad-based are subject to the preclearance, seven-day blackout,
      60-day profit disgorgement, prohibited transaction, and reporting
      provisions of the Code.

      C.   Preclearance Requests.

           1. Trade Authorization Request Forms.  Prior to entering an order
      for a Securities Transaction that requires preclearance, the Access
      Person must complete, IN WRITING, a Preclearance Request For Access
      Persons Form as set forth in Appendix 5 and submit the completed form to
      the Preclearance Officer (or his designee).  The Preclearance Request For
      Access Persons Form requires Access Persons to provide certain
      information and to make certain representations.  Proposed Securities
      Transactions of the Preclearance Officer that require preclearance must
      be submitted to his designee.

           2. Review of Form.  After receiving the completed Preclearance
      Request For Access Persons Form, the Preclearance Officer (or his
      designee) will (a) review the information set forth in the form, (b)
      independently confirm whether the Securities are held by any Funds or
      other accounts managed by SCM and whether there are any unexecuted orders
      to purchase or sell the Securities by any Fund or accounts managed by
      SCM, and (c) as soon as reasonably practicable, determine whether to
      clear the proposed Securities Transaction.  The authorization, date, and
      time of the authorization must be reflected on the Preclearance Request
      For Access Persons Form.  The Preclearance Officer (or his designee) will
      keep one copy of the completed form for the Compliance Department, send
      one copy to the Access Person seeking authorization, and send the third
      copy to the Trading Department, which will cause the transaction to be
      executed.

      No order for a securities transaction for which preclearance
      authorization is sought may be placed prior to the receipt of written
      authorization of the transaction by the preclearance officer (or his
      designee).  Verbal approvals are not permitted.

           3. Access Person Designees.  If an Access Person is away from SCM's
      principal office and desires to effect a personal Securities Transaction
      prior to his or her return, such Access Person may designate an
      individual at SCM to complete and submit 

                                      4
<PAGE>   9

      for preclearance on his or her behalf a Preclearance Request for Access
      Persons Form provided the following requirements are satisfied:

                a. The Access Person communicates the details of the trade and
           affirms the accuracy of the representations and warranties
           contained on the Form directly to such designated person; and

                b. The designated person completes the Preclearance Request
           For Access Persons Form on behalf of the Access Person in
           accordance with the requirements of the Code and then executes the
           Access Person Designee Certification contained in the Form.  The
           Access Person does not need to sign the Form so long as the
           foregoing certification is provided.

      D.   Prohibited Transactions.

           1. Prohibited Securities Transactions.  The following Securities
      Transactions for accounts in which an Access Person or a member of his or
      her Immediate Family have a Beneficial Interest, to the extent they
      require preclearance under Section II.B. above, are prohibited and will
      not be authorized by the Preclearance Officer (or his designee) absent
      exceptional circumstances:

                 a. Initial Public Offerings.  Any purchase of Securities in an
            initial public offering (other than a new offering of a registered
            open-end investment company);

                 b. Pending Buy or Sell Orders.  Any purchase or sale of
            Securities on any day during which any Advisory Client has a
            pending "buy" or "sell" order in the same Security (or Equivalent
            Security) until that order is executed or withdrawn;

                 c. Seven Day Blackout.  Purchases or sales of Securities by a
            Portfolio Manager within seven calendar days of a purchase or sale
            of the same Securities (or Equivalent Securities) by an Advisory
            Client managed by that Portfolio Manager, unless the purchase or
            sale is a Program Trade.  For example, if a Fund trades in a
            Security on day one, day eight is the first day the Portfolio
            Manager may trade that Security for an account in which he or she
            has a beneficial interest;

                 d. Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client.  Purchases or
            sales of Securities at a time when that Access Person intends, or
            knows of another's intention, to purchase or sell that Security (or
            an Equivalent Security) on behalf of an Advisory Client.  This
            prohibition applies whether the Securities Transaction is in the
            same (e.g., two purchases) or the opposite (a purchase and sale)
            direction of the transaction of the Advisory Client; and


                                       5



<PAGE>   10


                 e. 60-Day Blackout.  (1) Purchases of a Security in which an
            Access Person acquires a Beneficial Interest within 60 days of the
            sale of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the same
            Access Person had a Beneficial Interest, and (2) sales of a
            Security in which an Access Person had a Beneficial Interest within
            60 days of the purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security)
            in which the same Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, unless,
            in each case, the Access Person agrees to give up all profits on
            the transaction to a charitable organization specified in
            accordance with Section IV.B.1.

           2.    Always Prohibited Securities Transactions.  The following
      Securities Transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under
      any circumstances:

                 a. Inside Information.  Any transaction in a Security while in
            possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Security
            or the issuer of the Security;

                 b. Market Manipulation.  Transactions intended to raise,
            lower, or maintain the price of any Security or to create a false
            appearance of active trading;

                 c. Large Positions in Non-Strong Funds.  Transactions in a
            registered investment company (other than the Strong Funds) which
            result in the Access Person owning five percent or more of any
            class of securities in such investment company; and

                 d. Others.  Any other transactions deemed by the Preclearance
            Officer (or his designee) to involve a conflict of interest,
            possible diversion of corporate opportunity, or an appearance of
            impropriety.

           3.    Private Placements.  Acquisitions of Beneficial Interests in
      Securities in a private placement by an Access Person is strongly
      discouraged.  The Preclearance Officer (or his designee) will give
      permission only after considering, among other facts, whether the
      investment opportunity should be reserved for Advisory Clients and
      whether the opportunity is being offered to an Access Person by virtue of
      his or her position as an Access Person.  Access Persons who have been
      authorized to acquire and have acquired securities in a private placement
      are required to disclose that investment to the Compliance Department
      when they play a part in any subsequent consideration of an investment in
      the issuer by an Advisory Client and the decision to purchase securities
      of the issuer by an Advisory Client must be independently authorized by a
      Portfolio Manager with no personal interest in the issuer.  This
      provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

           4.    No Explanation Required for Refusals.  In some cases, the
      Preclearance Officer (or his designee) may refuse to authorize a
      Securities Transaction for a reason that

                                       6



<PAGE>   11

      is confidential.  The Preclearance Officer is not required to give an
      explanation for refusing to authorize any Securities Transaction.

     E.    Execution of Personal Securities Transactions.  Unless an exception
is provided in writing by the Compliance Department, all transactions in
Securities subject to the preclearance requirements for which an Access Person
or a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest shall be
executed by the Trading Department.  IN ALL INSTANCES, THE TRADING DEPARTMENT
MUST GIVE PRIORITY TO CLIENT TRADES OVER ACCESS PERSON TRADES.

     F.    Length of Trade Authorization Approval.  The authorization provided
by the Preclearance Officer (or his designee) is effective until the earlier of
(1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the second trading day after
the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is provided on a
Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Wednesday), or (3) the
Access Person learns that the information in the Trade Authorization Request
Form is not accurate.  If the order for the Securities Transaction is not
placed within that period, a new advance authorization must be obtained before
the Securities Transaction is placed.  If the Securities Transaction is placed
but has not been executed within two trading days after the day the
authorization is granted (as, for example, in the case of a limit order or a
not held order), no new authorization is necessary unless the person placing
the original order for the Securities Transaction amends it in any way.

     G.    Trade Reporting Requirements.

           1. Reporting Requirement.  EVERY ACCESS PERSON AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR
      HER IMMEDIATE FAMILY (INCLUDING INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS AND THEIR
      IMMEDIATE FAMILIES) MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE
      DIRECTLY FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER, OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES
      TRANSACTION, DUPLICATE COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH
      TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH
      SUCH ACCESS PERSON HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST.  Attached hereto as
      Appendix 8 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents
      from such entities. An Access Person must arrange to have duplicate
      confirmations and periodic statements sent within 30 days of the sooner
      of (1) designation as an Access Person, or (2) the establishment of the
      account at the broker, dealer or bank.  If the Access Person is unable to
      arrange for the above, the Access Person must immediately notify the
      Compliance Department.  THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND
      HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
      TO THE STRONG FUNDS,  (2) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (3)
      EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS ("DRIPS"), OR (4)
      SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ACCESS PERSON'S IMMEDIATE
      FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH PARTICIPATION BY
      THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K) PLAN, ESOP,
      OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.


                                       7



<PAGE>   12


           2.    Disclaimers.  Any report of a Securities Transaction for the
      benefit of a person other than the individual in whose account the
      transaction is placed may contain a statement that the report should not
      be construed as an admission by the person making the report that he or
      she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Security to
      which the report relates.

           3.    Quarterly Review.  At least quarterly, for Securities
      Transactions requiring preclearance under this Code, the Preclearance
      Officer (or his designee) shall compare the confirmations and periodic
      statements provided pursuant to Section II.G.1. above, to the approved
      Trade Authorization Request Forms.  Such review shall include:

                 a. Whether the Securities Transaction complied with this Code;

                 b. Whether the Securities Transaction was authorized in
            advance of its placement;

                 c. Whether the Securities Transaction was executed within two
            full trading days of when it was authorized;

                 d. Whether any Fund or accounts managed by SCM owned the
            Securities at the time of the Securities Transaction, and;

                 e. Whether any Fund or separate accounts managed by SCM
            purchased or sold the Securities in the Securities Transaction
            within at least 10 days of the Securities Transaction.

           4.    Availability of Reports.  All information supplied pursuant to
      this Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of
      SCM and SFDI, the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund, the Code of
      Ethics Review Committee, the Compliance Department,  the Access Person's
      department manager (or designee), any party to which any investigation is
      referred by any of the foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory
      organization of which the Strong Funds, SCM or the Distributor is a
      member, and any state securities commission, as well as  any attorney or
      agent of the foregoing, the Strong Funds, SCM, or the Distributor.

           5.    Record Retention.  SCM shall keep and maintain for at least six
      years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the
      preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code and, for each
      Securities Transaction, the information relied on by the Preclearance
      Officer (or his designee) in authorizing the Securities Transaction and
      making the post-Securities Transaction determination of Section II.G.3.





                                       8



<PAGE>   13


                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A. Confidentiality.  Access Persons are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.

     B. Gifts.  The following provisions on gifts apply only to employees of
SCM and the Distributor.

           1. Accepting Gifts.  On occasion, because of their position with
      SCM, the Distributor, or the Strong Funds, employees may be offered, or
      may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or
      other persons not affiliated with such entities.  Acceptance of
      extraordinary or extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts
      must be declined or returned in order to protect the reputation and
      integrity of SCM, the Distributor, and the Strong Funds.  Gifts of a
      nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a
      year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g., sporting
      events), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be
      accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December
      1, 1994 (Appendix 9) for additional information.

           If an employee receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
      Code, the employee must inform the Compliance Department.

           2. Solicitation of Gifts.  Employees of SCM or the Distributor may
      not solicit gifts or gratuities.

           3. Giving Gifts.  Employees of SCM or the Distributor may not give
      any gift with a value in excess of $100 per year to persons associated
      with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges, other
      member organizations, commodity firms, news media, or clients of the
      firm.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December 1,
      1994 (Appendix 9) for additional information.

     C. Payments to Advisory Clients.  Access Persons may not make any payments
to Advisory Clients in order to resolve any type of Advisory Client complaint.
All such matters must be handled by the Legal Department.

     D. Corporate Opportunities.  Access Persons may not take personal
advantage of any opportunity properly belonging to any Advisory Client, SCM, or
the Distributor.  This includes, but is not limited to, acquiring Securities
for one's own account that would otherwise be acquired for an Advisory Client.

     E. Undue Influence.  Access Persons may not cause or attempt to cause any
Advisory Client to purchase, sell, or hold any Security in a manner calculated
to create any personal benefit to the Access Person.  If an Access Person or
Immediate Family Member stands 

                                       9



<PAGE>   14
to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory
Client that the Access Person is recommending or participating in, the Access
Person must disclose to those persons with authority to make investment
decisions for the Advisory Client (or to the Compliance Department if the
Access Person in question is a person with authority to make investment
decisions for the Advisory Client), any Beneficial Interest that the Access
Person (or Immediate Family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or
in the issuer thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to
the Access Person (or Immediate Family) or the appearance of impropriety.  The
person to whom the Access Person reports the interest, in consultation with the
Compliance Department, must determine whether the Access Person will be
restricted in making investment decisions.

     F. Service as a Director.  No Access Person, other than an Independent
Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly-held company
not affiliated with SCM, the Distributor, or the Strong Funds absent prior
written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.  This
authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will normally
require that the affected Access Person be isolated, through "Chinese Wall" or
other procedures, from those making investment decisions related to the issuer
on whose board the Access Person sits.

     G. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil
Proceedings.  Each Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as soon
as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted, or pleads no contest
to, any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations), or if named as
a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or any administrative
or disciplinary action.


                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A. Code of Ethics Review Committee.

           1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum.  The Code of Ethics Review
      Committee shall initially consist of the General Counsel, President, and
      Chief Financial Officer of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by majority
      vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled and,
      in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
      may be selected, by the majority vote of the remaining members of the
      Committee; provided, however, in the event that the General Counsel is
      unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member
      of the Compliance Department.

           2. Investigating Violations of the Code.  The General Counsel or his
      or her designee is responsible for investigating any suspected violation
      of the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the
      Code of Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is
      responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any
      reported or suspected violation of the Code.  Any material violation of

                                       10



<PAGE>   15

      the Code by an employee of SCM or the Distributor for which significant
      remedial action was taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of
      the Strong Funds not later than the next regularly scheduled quarterly
      Board meeting.

           3. Annual Reports.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee will review
      the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business
      developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will prepare an
      annual report to the Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor, and
      each Strong Fund that:

                 a. Summarizes existing procedures concerning personal
            investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past
            year;

                 b. Identifies any violation requiring significant remedial
            action during the past year, and

                 c. Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions
            or procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving
            industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or
            regulations.

      B. Remedies.

           1. Sanctions.  If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
      that an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the
      Committee may impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems
      appropriate, including a letter of caution or warning, suspension of
      personal trading rights, suspension of employment (with or without
      compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC, criminal referral, and
      termination of the employment of the violator for cause.  The Code of
      Ethics Review Committee may also require the Access Person to reverse the
      trade(s) in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived
      therefrom.  The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of
      Ethics Review Committee and shall be forwarded to a charitable
      organization. No member of the Code of Ethics Review Committee may review
      his or her own transaction.

           2. Sole Authority.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
      authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
      determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
      disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision.  Failure
      to promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits
      may result in the imposition of additional sanctions.

           3. Review.  Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
      that an Access Person has committed a violation of this Code that merits
      significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of
      Directors of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less
      frequently than the quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the
      applicable Strong Funds, information relating to the investigation of the
      violation, including any sanctions imposed.  The Boards of Directors of
      SCM, the

                                       11



<PAGE>   16

      Distributor, and the Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem
      appropriate.  Such Boards shall have access to all information considered
      by the Code of Ethics Review Committee in relation to the case.  The Code
      of Ethics Review Committee may determine whether to delay the imposition
      of any sanctions pending review by the applicable Boards of Directors.

     C. Exceptions to the Code.  Although exceptions to the Code will rarely,
if ever, be granted, the General Counsel of SCM may grant exceptions to the
requirements of the Code on a case by case basis if he finds that the proposed
conduct involves negligible opportunity for abuse.  All material exceptions
must be in writing and must be reported as soon as practicable to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee and to the Boards of Directors of the SCM Funds at
their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.

     D. Compliance Certification.  At least annually, all Access Persons will
be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 6 or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 6 that they
have complied with the Code in all respects.

     E. Inquiries Regarding the Code.  The Compliance Department will answer
any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

October 18, 1996

                                       12



<PAGE>   17


                                                                      Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "Access Person" means (1) every director, officer, and general partner of
SCM, the Distributor and the Strong Funds; (2) every employee of SCM and the
Distributor who, in connection with his or her regular functions, makes,
participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a
security by an Advisory Client's account; (3) every employee of SCM and the
Distributor who is involved in making purchase or sale recommendations for an
Advisory Client's account; (4) every employee of SCM and the Distributor who
obtains information concerning such recommendations prior to their
dissemination, and (5) such agents of SCM, the Distributor, or the Funds as the
Compliance Department shall designate who may be deemed an Access Person if
they were an employee of the foregoing.  Any uncertainty as to whether an
individual is an Access Person should be brought to the attention of the
Compliance Department.  Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and
this definition shall be subject to, the definition of "Access Person" found in
Rule 17j-1(e)(1) promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     "Advisory Client" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.

     "Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise,
to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in
Securities owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of
Beneficial Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts,
partnerships, trusts, and controlling interests in corporations.  Any
uncertainty as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in a
Security should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such
questions will be resolved by reference to the principles set forth in the
definition of "beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "Code" means this Code of Ethics.

     "Compliance Department" means the designated persons in the SCM Legal
Department listed on Appendix 2, as such Appendix shall be amended from time to
time.

     "The Distributor" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

     "Equivalent Security" means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security that is convertible into the equity Security of
the issuer.  Examples include options, rights, stock appreciation rights,
warrants, and convertible bonds.


                                       13



<PAGE>   18


     "Fund" means an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (or a portfolio or series thereof, as the case may be) for which
SCM serves as an adviser or subadviser.

     "Immediate Family" of an Access Person means any of the following persons
who reside in the same household as the Access Person:

                   child       grandparent    son-in-law
                   stepchild   spouse         daughter-in-law
                   grandchild  sibling        brother-in-law
                   parent      mother-in-law  sister-in-law
                   stepparent  father-in-law


Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "Independent Fund Director" means an independent director of an investment
company for which SCM serves as the advisor.

     "Legal Department" means the SCM Legal Department.

     "Portfolio Manager" means a person who has or shares principal day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of an Advisory Client.

     "Preclearance Officer" means the person designated as the Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 2 hereof.

     "Program Trade" means where a Portfolio Manager directs a trader to do
trades in, at a minimum, 25-30% of the Securities in an account.  Program
Trades, generally, arise in three situations: (1) cash or other assets are
being added to an account and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that
new securities are to be bought in a manner that maintains the account's
existing allocations; (2) cash is being withdrawn from an account and the
Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that securities are to be sold in a
manner that maintains the account's current securities allocations; and (3) a
new account is established and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader to
buy specific securities in the same allocation percentages as are held by other
client accounts.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Security" includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences
of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited
partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of
the foregoing, such as options and warrants.  Security 

                                       14



<PAGE>   19

does not include futures, options on futures, or options on currencies, but the
purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the reporting
requirements of the Code.

     "Securities Transaction" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an Access Person or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "Strong Funds" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

                                       15



<PAGE>   20


                                                                      Appendix 2

                                CONTACT PERSONS

PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM

DESIGNEES OF PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1. Jeffrey C. Nellessen
     2. Stephen J. Shenkenberg

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT

      1. Thomas P. Lemke
      2. Jeffrey C. Nellessen
      3. Stephen J. Shenkenberg
      4. Jeffery A. Arnson
      5. Donna J. Lelinski

CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE

      1. John Dragisic, President of SCM
      2. Chief Financial Officer of SCM
      3. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM


                                       16



<PAGE>   21


                                                                      Appendix 3
                        PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES

     In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, please provide a
list of all Securities (other than open-end investment companies) in which each
Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, including those in accounts of the
Immediate Family of the Access Person and all Securities in non-client accounts
for which the Access Person makes investment decisions.

(1)  Name of Access Person:                         _________________________

(2)  If different than (1), name of the person
     in whose name the account is held:             _________________________

(3)  Relationship of (2) to (1):                    _________________________

(4) Broker at which Account is maintained:          _________________________

(5)  Account Number:                                _________________________

(6) Contact person at Broker and phone number       _________________________

(7)  For each account, attach the most recent account statement listing
     Securities in that account.  If the Access Person owns Beneficial
     Interests in Securities that are not listed in an attached account
     statement, list them below:

     Name of Security         Quantity          Value           Custodian
     ----------------         --------          -----           ---------

1. ____________________________________________________________________________

2. ____________________________________________________________________________

3. ____________________________________________________________________________

4. ____________________________________________________________________________

5. ____________________________________________________________________________

6. ____________________________________________________________________________


                     (ATTACH SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
     I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute
all of the Securities in which I have a Beneficial Interest, including those
held in accounts of my Immediate Family.

                                           ________________________
                                           Access Person Signature

Dated:  _____________                      ________________________
                                           Print Name

                                                                    
                                       17



<PAGE>   22
                                                                     Appendix 4



                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
                         AND LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated October 18,
1996, and represent that:

           1. In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I
      will fully disclose the Securities holdings in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest.*

           2. In accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics,
      I will obtain prior authorization for all Securities Transactions
      in which I have, or a member of my Immediate Family has, a
      Beneficial Interest except for transactions exempt from
      preclearance under Section II.B. 2. of the Code of Ethics.*

           3. In accordance with Section II.G.1 of the Code of Ethics, I
      will report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except
      for transactions exempt from reporting under Section II.G.1. of
      the Code of Ethics.

           4. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other
      respects.

           5. I agree to disgorge and forfeit any profits on prohibited
      transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Code.*

     I hereby appoint Strong Capital Management, Inc. as my attorney-in-fact
for the purpose of placing orders for and on my behalf to buy, sell, tender,
exchange, covert, and otherwise effectuate transactions in any and all stocks,
bonds, options, and other securities.  I agree that Strong Capital Management,
Inc. shall not be liable for the consequences of any errors made by the
executing brokers in connection with such transactions.*


                                                 __________________________
                                                 Access Person Signature


                                                 __________________________
                                                 Print Name
Dated:  __________

     * Representations (1), (2) and (5) and the Limited Power of Attorney do
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

                                       18



<PAGE>   23


Ctrl. No:_________________________                                    Appendix 5

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                    PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS

1. Name of Access Person (and trading entity, if different): __________________

2. Name and symbol of Security: _______________________________________________

3. Maximum quantity to be purchased or sold: __________________________________

4. Name and phone number of broker to effect transaction: _____________________

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>             <C>                   <C>
5.   Check if applicable:  Purchase  ____  Market Order    ____
                           Sale      ____  Limit Order     ____  (Limit Order Price: ___________)
                                           Not Held Order  ____
</TABLE>

6.   In connection with the foregoing transaction, I hereby make the foregoing
     representations and warranties:

  (a)  I do not possess any material nonpublic information regarding the
       Security or the issuer of the Security.
  (b)  To my knowledge:
       (1)  The Securities or "equivalent" securities (i.e., securities
            issued by the same issuer) [ ARE / ARE NOT ] (circle one) held by 
            any investment companies or other accounts managed by SCM;
       (2)  There are no outstanding purchase or sell orders for this
            Security (or any equivalent security) by any investment companies or
            other accounts managed by SCM; and
       (3)  None of the Securities (or equivalent securities) are actively
            being considered for purchase or sale by any investment companies or
            other accounts managed by SCM.
  (c)  The Securities are not being acquired in an initial public offering.
  (d)  The Securities are not being acquired in a private placement or, if
       they are, I have reviewed Section II.D.3. of the Code and have attached
       hereto a written explanation of such transaction.
  (e)  If I am a Portfolio Manager, none of the accounts I manage purchased
       or sold these Securities (or equivalent securities) within the past
       seven calendar days and I do not expect any such client accounts to
       purchase or sell these Securities (or equivalent securities) within
       seven calendar days of my purchase or sale.
  (f)  If I am purchasing these Securities, I have not directly or
       indirectly (through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in
       which I have a Beneficial Interest or otherwise) sold these Securities
       (or equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
  (g)  If I am selling these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
       (through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have
       a beneficial Interest or otherwise) purchased these Securities (or
       equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
  (h)  I have read the SCM Code of Ethics within the prior 12 months and
       believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of
       the Code.

______________________________                   ______________________________ 
Access Person                                    Print Name
                    CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEE

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the above Access Person (a) directly
instructed me to complete this Form on his or her behalf, (b) to the best of my
knowledge, was out of the office at the time of such instruction and has not
returned, and (c) confirmed to me that the representations and warranties
contained in this form are accurate.

________________________________                 ______________________________
Access Person Designee                           Print Name

                                 AUTHORIZATION

Authorized By: _____________________   Date: _____________ Time: _____________

                                   PLACEMENT

Trader:____________________  Date:___________  Time:_____________ Qty:_________

                                   EXECUTION

Trader:____________________  Date:___________  Time:_____________

Qty:____________ Price:________________________

         (Original to Compliance Department, Yellow  copy to Trading
                   Department, Pink copy to Access Person)

                                       19


<PAGE>   24


Confidential                                                          Appendix 6

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (1)

                             For ACCESS PERSONS of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

                               September 18, 1996


Associate:  ____________________________

I.   Introduction

  Access Persons (2) are required to answer all of the questions below for the
  year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996, and then sign and return the
  questionnaire by FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 27 to Jeff Nellessen in the Legal
  Department.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
  "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.  All information provided is kept confidential to the
  maximum extent possible.  If you have any questions, please contact Jeff
  Nellessen at extension 3514.

II.  Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

  A.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics,
       obtained preclearance for all Securities (3) Transactions in which you
       have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest,
       except for transactions exempt from preclearance under Section II.B.2.
       of the Code of Ethics?  (If there have been no Securities Transactions,
       circle "Yes".)

       YES     NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

  B.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics,
       reported all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a member of
       your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
       transactions exempt from reporting under Section II.G.1. of the Code of
       Ethics?  In particular, have you arranged for the Legal Department to
       receive directly from your broker duplicate transaction confirmations
       and duplicate periodic statements for each brokerage account in which
       you have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial
       Interest? (4)   (If there are no brokerage accounts, circle "Yes".)

       YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)
- -------------------------

1 All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those in
the Code of Ethics.
2 Independent Fund Directors of the Strong Funds must complete a separate
questionnaire.
3 Security, as defined, does NOT include open-end investment companies,
including the Strong Funds.
4 Please contact Jeff Nellessen (extension 3514) if you are uncertain as to
what confirmations and statements you have arranged for the Legal Department to
receive.

                                       20


<PAGE>   25


  C.   Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
       including the gift policy (Section III.B.)?

       YES     NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE5 GIFTS6 GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE
     YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1995, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1996, NOTING THE MONTH,
     "COUNTERPARTY," GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.  IF NONE, SO STATE.


III. Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy

     Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy (dated 
     October 20, 1995)?

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

IV.  Disclosure of directorships statement


A.   I am not, nor is any member of my Immediate Family, a director and/or
     an officer of any for-profit, privately held companies.7  (If you are
     NOT, answer YES.)

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     If "NO", please list on the Attachment each company for which you are, or
     a member of your Immediate Family is, a director.

B.   If the response to A. is "NO", is there a reasonable expectation that
     any of the companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate
     Family is, a director and/or an officer, will go public or be acquired
     within the next 12 months?

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     (If the answer is "YES", please be prepared to discuss this matter with a
     member of the Legal Department in the near future.)

ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
"ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.

                                       ___________________________________
                                       Access Person Signature

Dated:  _________________________
                                       Print Name ________________________

____________________________

5 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
6 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.
7 Per Section III.F. of the Code of Ethics, no Access Person, other than an
  Independent Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly
  held company.

                                       21


<PAGE>   26


                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

         (to explain all "NO" answers and to list reportable(8) gifts(9) )


________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________


GIFTS(8),(9) for the year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996.  
(If NONE, so state):

   Month         Gift Giver / Receiver    Gift Description      Estimated Value
   -----         ---------------------    ----------------      ---------------

1. _____________________________________________________________________________

2. _____________________________________________________________________________

3. _____________________________________________________________________________

4. _____________________________________________________________________________

5. _____________________________________________________________________________

6. _____________________________________________________________________________

7. _____________________________________________________________________________

8. _____________________________________________________________________________

9. _____________________________________________________________________________

10._____________________________________________________________________________

                (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

__________________

8 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
9 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.

                                       22


<PAGE>   27


                                                                      Appendix 7




                          LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES


Listed below are the broad-based indices as designated by the Compliance
Department.  See Section II.B.3. for additional information.


- -------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OPTION           SYMBOL  EXCHANGE
- -------------------------------------------------
Computer Technology             XCI     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Eurotop 100                     ERT     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Hong Kong Option Index          HKO     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Inter@ctive Wk. Internet Index  INX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Japan Index                     JPN     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Major Market Index *            XMI     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Morgan Stanley High Tech Index  MSH     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ-100                      NDX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Pacific High Tech Index         XPI     PSE
- -------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000 *                  RUT     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Semiconductor Sector            SOX     PHLX
- -------------------------------------------------
S & P 100 *                     OEX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
S & P 500 *                     SPX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Technology Index                TXX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Value Line Index *              VLE     PHLX
- -------------------------------------------------
Wilshire Small Cap Index        WSX     PSE
- -------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------
* Includes LEAPS.
- -------------------------------------------------


                                       23


<PAGE>   28


                                                                      Appendix 8

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>

Subject:  Account Number_____________________
          Account Registration_______________

Dear ____________:

Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), my employer, is a registered
investment adviser as well as the indirect parent of an NASD member firm.  The
Code of Ethics of SCM requires that I have certain personal securities
transactions placed on my behalf by the trading desk of SCM.  Accordingly,
please send me the necessary forms or instructions that you will require in
order to enable the securities traders of SCM to place orders on my behalf.

In addition, you are requested to send duplicate confirmations of individual
transactions as well as duplicate periodic statements for the referenced
account to SCM.  Please address the confirmations and statements directly to:

            Confidential
            Chief Compliance Officer
            Strong Capital Management, Inc.
            100 Heritage Reserve
            Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Mr. Jeffrey C. Nellessen of Strong at (414)
359-3400.

                                        Sincerely,



                                        <Name of Access Person>

Copy:  Mr. Jeffrey C. Nellessen

                                       24


<PAGE>   29


                                                                      Appendix 9
                                  GIFT POLICY


                                   MEMORANDUM



TO:          All Associates

FROM:        Thomas P. Lemke

DATE:        December 1, 1994

SUBJECT:     Gift Policy Reminder



     With the Holiday season upon us, I wanted to remind you of our firm's gift
policy, which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients,
brokers, persons with whom we do business, or others (collectively, "vendors").
It is based on the applicable requirements of the Rules of Fair Practice of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and is included
as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 per person per year and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     If you have any questions about the appropriateness of any gift, contact
Legal.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES

        On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may
be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may
not accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (e.g., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not

                                       25


<PAGE>   30

accompany the associate) other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the
NASD defines as under $100 in total from any vendor in any year (managers may,
if they deem it appropriate for their department, adopt a lower dollar
ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an associate must be reported to the firm,
subject to certain exceptions (see heading 4 below).  In addition, note that
our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business entertainment
or to personal gifts (see heading 3 below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (e.g., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (e.g., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (e.g., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (e.g., candy, popcorn, etc.).


                                       26






<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 99.B21.2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           FOR NON-ACCESS PERSONS OF
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                      STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC., AND
                          HERITAGE RESERVE DEVELOPMENT
                               CORPORATION, INC.

                             [STRONG FUNDS LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                October 18, 1996




<PAGE>   2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               Table of Contents

I.  INTRODUCTION .............................................................1
A.  Fiduciary Duty ...........................................................1
1.  Place the interests of clients first .....................................1
2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position ...................1
3.  Conduct all personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with this
Code including the reporting requirements ....................................1
B.  Appendices to the Code ...................................................1
1.  Definitions ..............................................................1
2.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics ..............................2
3.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire ......................................2
4.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank ............................................2
5.  Gift Policy ..............................................................2
II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS .............................................2
A.  Reporting Requirement ....................................................2
B.  Disclaimers ..............................................................2
C.  Availability of Reports ..................................................2
D.  Record Retention .........................................................2
III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES .......................................................3
A.  Confidentiality ..........................................................3
B.  Gifts To or From Employees ...............................................3
1.  Accepting Gifts ..........................................................3
2.  Solicatation of Gifts ....................................................3
3.  Giving Gifts .............................................................3
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders .............................3
D.  Corporate Opportunities ..................................................3
E.  Service as a Director ....................................................3
F.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings ..4
IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS .....................................4
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee ..........................................4
1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum ...........................................4
2.  Investigating Violations of the Code .....................................4
B.  Remedies .................................................................4
C.  Compliance Certification .................................................4
D.  Inquiries Regarding the Code .............................................4

                                      i



<PAGE>   3


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                              Table of Appendices


Appendix 1 (Definitions).................................................... 5 
Appendix 2 (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics) ................... 7
Appendix 3 (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) ........................... 8
Appendix 4 (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) .................................11
Appendix 5 (Gift Policy)....................................................12




                                       ii



<PAGE>   4





                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               I.   INTRODUCTION

     A. Fiduciary Duty.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that
employees of Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), Heritage Reserve Development
Corporation, Inc. ("HRDC"), and such other affiliated entities of the foregoing
that may from time to time adopt this Code (each of which is individually
referred to herein as a "Company") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests
of clients ahead of their own.  Employees must avoid activities, interests, and
relationships that might interfere with making decisions in the best interests
of each Company and its clients.

      As fiduciaries, employees must at all times:

           1. Place the interests of clients first.  Employees must
      scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the
      interests of the clients of each Company.  An employee may not induce or
      cause a client to take action, or not to take action, for personal
      benefit, rather than for the benefit of the client.

           2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position.  The
      receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons
      seeking business with the Strong Funds, any of the Companies, or their
      clients could call into question the exercise of an employee's
      independent judgment.  Employees may not, for example, use their
      knowledge of portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of
      such transactions.

           3. Conduct all personal Securities Transactions in full compliance
      with this Code including the reporting requirements.

     Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of clients and each
Company.  Technical compliance with the Code's procedures will not
automatically insulate from scrutiny any personal Securities Transactions that
indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.

     B. Appendices to the Code.  The appendices to this Code, including the
definitions set forth in Appendix 1, are attached to and are a part of the
Code.  The appendices include the following:

           1. Definitions (capitalized terms in the Code are defined in
      Appendix 1),

                                      1

<PAGE>   5


           2. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics (Appendix 2),

           3. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire (Appendix 3),

           4. Form Letter to Broker or Bank (Appendix 4), and

           5. Gift Policy (Appendix 5)


                        II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     A. Reporting Requirement.  EVERY EMPLOYEE AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR HER
IMMEDIATE FAMILY MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY
FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER, OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION, A
DUPLICATE COPY OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC
STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH EMPLOYEE HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST.  Attached hereto as Appendix 4 is a form letter that may be used to
request such documents from such entities.  An employee must arrange to have
duplicate confirmations and periodic statements sent within 30 days.  If unable
to make such arrangements, the employee must immediately notify the Compliance
Department.  THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1)
MUTUAL FUNDS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS), (2) BANK
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (3) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND
REINVESTMENT PLANS ("DRIPS"), OR (4)  SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF
THE EMPLOYEE'S IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED
THROUGH PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN,
401(K) PLAN, ESOP, OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.

     B. Disclaimers.  Any employee who files a report of a Securities
Transaction for the benefit of a person other than the employee may include in
such report a statement that the report should not be construed as an admission
by the employee making the report that he or she has any direct or indirect
beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

     C. Availability of Reports.  All information supplied pursuant to this
Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and
SFDI, the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund, the Code of Ethics Review
Committee, the Compliance Department, the employees department manager (or
designee), any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, or the Distributor is a member, any state securities commission, as well
as any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong Funds, SCM, or the
Distributor.

     D. Record Retention.  The Company shall keep and maintain for at least six
years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the reporting
requirements of this Code.



                                       2



<PAGE>   6




                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A. Confidentiality.  Employees are prohibited from revealing information
relating to the investment intentions, activities, or portfolios of Advisory
Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of the
information.

     B. Gifts To or From Employees.

           1. Accepting Gifts.  On occasion, because of their relationship with
      the Company and its affiliates, employees thereof may be offered, or may
      receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or other
      persons not affiliated with the Company.  Acceptance of extraordinary or
      extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts must be declined or
      returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of the Company.
      Gifts of a nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more
      than $100 a year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g.,
      sporting events), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may
      be accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated
      December 1, 1994 (Appendix 5) for additional information.

           If an employee receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
      Code, the employee must inform the Compliance Department immediately.

           2. Solicitation of Gifts.  Employees may not solicit gifts or
      gratuities from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons with which
      the Company has a relationship.

           3. Giving Gifts.  Employees may not give any gift with a value in
      excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or
      financial organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations,
      commodity firms, news media, or clients of the Company.  Please see the
      Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December 1, 1994 (Appendix 5) for
      additional information.

     C. Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders.  Employees may not make
any payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders in order to resolve any type
of Advisory Client or Shareholder complaint.  All such matters must be handled
by the Legal Department.

     D. Corporate Opportunities.  Employees may not take personal advantage of
any opportunity properly belonging to any client or Company.

     E. Service as a Director.  No employee may serve on the board of directors
of a publicly-held company not affiliated with a Company or the Strong Funds
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.
This authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will
normally require that the affected employee be isolated, through "Chinese Wall"
or other procedures, from those making investment decisions related to the
issuer on whose board the employee sits.


                                       3



<PAGE>   7




     F. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil
Proceedings.  Each Non-Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as
soon as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted, or pleads no
contest to, any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations), or if
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or any
administrative or disciplinary action.


                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A. Code of Ethics Review Committee.

           1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum.  The Code of Ethics Review
      Committee shall initially consist of the General Counsel, President, and
      Chief Financial Officer of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by majority
      vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled and,
      in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
      may be selected, by the majority vote of the remaining members of the
      Committee; provided, however, in the event that the General Counsel is
      unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member
      of the Compliance Department.

           2. Investigating Violations of the Code.  The General Counsel or his
      or her designee is responsible for investigating any suspected violation
      of the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the
      Code of Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is
      responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any
      reported or suspected violation of the Code.

     B. Remedies.   If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that an
employee has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may impose
sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including, but not
limited to, suspension of employment (with or without compensation) and
termination of the employment of the violator for cause.  The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the employee to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom.  Any
profit shall be forwarded to a charitable organization.

     C. Compliance Certification.  At least annually, all employees will be
required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 2 or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 2 that they
have complied with the Code  in all respects.

     D. Inquiries Regarding the Code.  The Compliance Department will answer
any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

October 18, 1996

                                       4



<PAGE>   8





                                                                      Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "Advisory Client" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.

     "Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise,
to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An employee is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in Securities
owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of Beneficial
Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships,
trusts, and controlling interests in corporations.  Any uncertainty as to
whether an employee has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be brought
to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such questions will be resolved
in accordance with, and this definition shall be subject to, the definition of
"beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "Company"  means "SCM", "the Distributor", "HRDC", and such other
affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time adopt this
Code.

     "Code" means this Code of Ethics.

     "Compliance Department" means the designated persons in the Strong Legal
Department.

     "Distributor" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

     "HRDC" means Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.

     "Immediate Family" of an employee means any of the following persons who
reside in the same household as the employee:


                   child       grandparent    son-in-law
                   stepchild   spouse         daughter-in-law
                   grandchild  sibling        brother-in-law
                   parent      mother-in-law  sister-in-law
                   stepparent  father-in-law


Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "Legal Department" means the SCM Legal Department.

                                       5



<PAGE>   9





     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Security" includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences
of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited
partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of
the foregoing, such as options and warrants.  Security does not include
futures, options on futures, or options on currencies, but the purchase and
sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the reporting requirements
of the Code.

     "Securities Transaction" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an employee or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "Shareholder" means a shareholder in any of the Strong Funds.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "Strong Funds" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

                                       6



<PAGE>   10




                                                                      Appendix 2

                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS


     I acknowledge that I have received and read the Code of Ethics dated
October 18, 1996, and represent that:

           1. I will report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
      transactions and holdings in (1) mutual funds (including but not limited
      to the Strong Funds), (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (3)
      equity securities held in dividend reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), or (4)
      securities of the employer of a member of the employee's Immediate Family
      if such securities are beneficially owned through participation by the
      Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan, 401(k) plan, ESOP, or
      other similar plan.

           2. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.




                                        _________________________________
                                        Employee Signature


                                        _________________________________
                                        Print Name

Dated: ________________________________





                                       7



<PAGE>   11




Confidential                                                          Appendix 3

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (1)

                           For NON-ACCESS PERSONS (2) of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                        Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                 and Heritage Reserve Development Corporation.

                               September 18, 1996

Associate:  ____________________________

I.   Introduction

  Non-Access Persons are required to answer all of the questions below for the
  year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996, sign the questionnaire and
  return it to the Legal Department (an intra-office mail slip is copied on the
  back of the last page) by FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 27.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF
  THE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.  If you have
  any questions, please contact Jeffery Arnson (x3590) or Donna Lelinski
  (x3362) in the Legal Department.

II.  Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

  A.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics,
       reported all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a member of
       your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
       transactions in mutual funds (including the Strong Funds), dividend
       reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), and certificates of deposit (CDs").  (If
       there are no brokerage accounts, circle "Yes".)


       YES   NO       (CIRCLE ONE)

  B.   Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
       including the gift policy (Section III.B.)?

       YES   NO       (CIRCLE ONE)

     LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE (3) GIFTS (4) GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR
     THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1995, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1996, NOTING THE MONTH,
     "COUNTERPARTY," GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.  IF NONE, SO STATE.

________________________

1 All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those in
  the Code of Ethics.
2 Access Persons must complete a separate questionnaire.
3 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i)  usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
4 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.

                                       8



<PAGE>   12






III.  Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy

      Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy (dated 
      October 20, 1995)?

      YES     NO         (CIRCLE ONE)

IV.  Disclosure of directorships statement


     A.  I am not, nor is any member of my Immediate Family, a director and/or
         an officer of any for-profit, privately held companies.(5)  (If you are
         NOT, answer YES.)

         YES      NO         (CIRCLE ONE)

        If "NO", please list on the Attachment each company for which you are,
        or a member of your Immediate Family is, a director.

     B. If the response to A. is "NO", is there a reasonable expectation that
        any of the companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate
        Family is, a director and/or an officer, will go public or be acquired
        within the next 12 months?

        YES      NO (CIRCLE ONE)

       (If the answer is "YES", please be prepared to discuss this matter 
       with a member of the Legal Department in the near future.)

                             **********************

            ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS MUST BE
                  EXPLAINED ON THE  "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

                             **********************

I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.



                                     _____________________________
                                     Non-Access Person Signature


Dated: ________________              _____________________________
                                     Print Name


_________________________

(5) Per Section III.E. of the Code of Ethics, no associate may serve on the 
board of directors of a publicly held company.

                                       9




<PAGE>   13




                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

      (to explain all "NO" answers and to list reportable(6) gifts(7) )


________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

______________GIFTS(6),(7) for the year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 

1996. (If NONE, so state):

   Month     Gift Giver / Receiver     Gift Description      Estimated Value
   -----     ---------------------     ----------------      ---------------

1. _____________________________________________________________________________

2. _____________________________________________________________________________

3. _____________________________________________________________________________

4. _____________________________________________________________________________

5. _____________________________________________________________________________

6. _____________________________________________________________________________

7. _____________________________________________________________________________

8. _____________________________________________________________________________

9. _____________________________________________________________________________

10._____________________________________________________________________________
     
               (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

___________________________

(6) Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
    promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
    charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
    premises.
(7) Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does
    not have to be reported.

                                       10




<PAGE>   14




                                                                      Appendix 4

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>


Subject:  Account Number____________________
          Account Registration______________

Dear ____________:

Please send duplicate confirmations of individual transactions as well as
duplicate periodic statements for the referenced account to:

                           Confidential
                           ------------
                           Chief Compliance Officer
                           Strong Capital Management, Inc.
                           100 Heritage Reserve
                           Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding this
request, please contact me or the Compliance Department of Strong Capital
Management at (414) 359-3400.

                                        Sincerely,



                                        <Name of Employee>

copy: Chief Compliance Officer
      Strong Capital Management, Inc.

                                      11




<PAGE>   15



                                                                      Appendix 5

                                 GIFT POLICY


                                  MEMORANDUM
                                  ----------


TO:       All Associates

FROM:     Thomas P. Lemke

DATE:     December 1, 1994

SUBJECT:  Gift Policy Reminder


     With the Holiday season upon us, I wanted to remind you of our firm's gift
policy, which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients,
brokers, persons with whom we do business, or others (collectively, "vendors").
It is based on the applicable requirements of the Rules of Fair Practice of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and is included
as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 per person per year and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     If you have any questions about the appropriateness of any gift, contact
Legal.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES


                                      12
<PAGE>   16

     On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may
be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may
not accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (e.g., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below).  In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (e.g., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (e.g., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (e.g., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (e.g., candy, popcorn, etc.).

                                      13








© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission